26.12.2014 Views

DA42 L360 - ERAU ETA - Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University

DA42 L360 - ERAU ETA - Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University

DA42 L360 - ERAU ETA - Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

DIAMOND<br />

<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong><br />

Standard<br />

Operating<br />

Procedures<br />

SOP


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

Copyright © 2011<br />

<strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong><br />

All rights reserved.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />

REVISION HIGHLIGHTS ..................................................................................................... viii<br />

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES .............................................................................................. ix<br />

INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 1<br />

<strong>ERAU</strong> Checklist Policy .......................................................................................................... 2<br />

Intra-Cockpit Verbal Coordination .......................................................................................... 4<br />

STANDARD CALLOUTS ........................................................................................................... 7<br />

STANDARD CALLOUTS – NORMAL .................................................................................... 8<br />

STANDARD CALLOUTS - EMERGENCY ........................................................................... 11<br />

STANDARD CALLOUTS - ABNORMAL .............................................................................. 15<br />

Brake/Steering Checking Procedures .................................................................................. 17<br />

ENGINE PRIMING PROCEDURES..................................................................................... 18<br />

LEANING PROCEDURES ................................................................................................... 20<br />

Section 1: PRE-FLIGHT PROCEDURES ................................................................................ 24<br />

INITIAL AIRCRAFT ACCEPTANCE .................................................................................... 26<br />

CLIPBOARD CHECK .......................................................................................................... 26<br />

PRE-FLIGHT CHECKLIST ....................................................................................................... 29<br />

CABIN CHECKLIST ............................................................................................................ 29<br />

FUSELAGE – LEFT CHECKLIST ........................................................................................ 40<br />

EMPENNAGE CHECKLIST ................................................................................................. 41<br />

FUSELAGE – RIGHT CHECKLIST ..................................................................................... 42<br />

FRONT FUSELAGE CHECKLIST ....................................................................................... 48<br />

LEFT WING CHECKLIST .................................................................................................... 50<br />

RAMP OUT CHECKLIST ..................................................................................................... 55<br />

Section 2: NORMAL PROCEDURES ...................................................................................... 56<br />

BEFORE START CHECKLIST ............................................................................................ 59<br />

ENGINE START CHECKLIST ............................................................................................. 65<br />

BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST ................................................................................................ 71<br />

BEFORE TAKEOFF RUN-UP CHECKLIST ......................................................................... 79<br />

BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST ....................................................................................... 85<br />

BEFORE TAKEOFF FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST ................................................................. 89<br />

CLIMB CHECKLIST ............................................................................................................ 93<br />

CRUISE CHECKLIST .......................................................................................................... 97<br />

DESCENT CHECKLIST .................................................................................................... 103<br />

DESCENT FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST .............................................................................. 109<br />

AFTER LANDING CHECKLIST ......................................................................................... 113<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> Diamond Twin Star<br />

SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST ................................................................................................ 117<br />

RAMP IN CHECKLIST ...................................................................................................... 120<br />

SECURE CHECKLIST ...................................................................................................... 121<br />

Section 3: EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ............................................................................ 123<br />

INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 124<br />

ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST (DURING GROUND ROLL) ........... 127<br />

ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST (ABOVE 78 KIAS, RUNWAY<br />

REMAINING) ..................................................................................................................... 131<br />

ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST (ABOVE 78 KIAS, NO RUNWAY<br />

REMAINING) ..................................................................................................................... 135<br />

ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT CHECKLIST ........................................................... 141<br />

ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING CHECKLIST ..................................................... 147<br />

ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND CHECKLIST ............................................... 151<br />

ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST ....................................................................... 155<br />

ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST .............................................................. 159<br />

ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST ............................................................................ 163<br />

ELECTRICAL FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST ............................................................... 167<br />

ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST .................................................................... 171<br />

EMERGENCY EXIT CHECKLIST ..................................................................................... 175<br />

STARTER MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST .......................................................................... 177<br />

EMERGENCY DESCENT CHECKLIST ............................................................................ 179<br />

CABIN CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION CHECKLIST ....................................... 181<br />

UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS CHECKLIST ................................ 183<br />

UNINTENTIONAL SPIN RECOVERY CHECKLIST ........................................................... 187<br />

LANDING GEAR SYSTEM MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST ................................................ 189<br />

MANUAL EXTENSION OF LANDING GEAR CHECKLIST ............................................... 190<br />

GEAR-UP LANDING CHECKLIST .................................................................................... 193<br />

LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE TIRE CHECKLIST.............................................................. 195<br />

UNLOCKED DOORS CHECKLIST ................................................................................... 197<br />

COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURE CHECKLIST ........................................... 198<br />

ONE ALTERNATOR FAILED CHECKLIST ....................................................................... 201<br />

BOTH ALTERNATORS FAILED CHECKLIST ................................................................... 202<br />

OVERVOLTAGE CHECKLIST .......................................................................................... 204<br />

ENGINE RUNNING ROUGHLY CHECKLIST .................................................................... 206<br />

LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST ........................................................................... 208<br />

HIGH OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST ................................................................................. 211<br />

HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST .......................................................................... 212<br />

HIGH CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE ........................................................................ 214<br />

UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM CHECKLIST ..................................................................... 216<br />

UN-COMMANDED LOW RPM CHECKLIST ..................................................................... 218<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

HIGH FUEL FLOW CHECKLIST ....................................................................................... 220<br />

OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST ............................................................... 221<br />

PROPELLER OVERSPEED CHECKLIST ......................................................................... 222<br />

DEFECTIVE ENGINE CONTROLS ................................................................................... 223<br />

Section – 4 -ABNORMAL PROCEDURES ............................................................................ 225<br />

INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 226<br />

AIR STARTING/UNFEATHERING CHECKLIST ................................................................ 227<br />

PRECAUTIONARY LANDING CHECKLIST ...................................................................... 231<br />

CANOPY IN COOLING GAP POSITION CHECKLIST ...................................................... 233<br />

FAILURE IN FLAP SYSTEM CHECKLIST......................................................................... 234<br />

NO FLAP LANDING CHECKLIST ..................................................................................... 236<br />

CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC PUMP CHECKLIST ................................. 238<br />

HYDRAULIC PUMP FAILURE CHECKLIST ...................................................................... 239<br />

LANDING WITH HIGH MASS (WEIGHT) CHECKLIST ..................................................... 240<br />

LIGHTNING STRIKE CHECKLIST .................................................................................... 241<br />

ENGINE INDICATIONS OUTSIDE OF GREEN RANGE CHECKLIST .............................. 243<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> Diamond Twin Star<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

REVISION HIGHLIGHTS<br />

The following items were changed, modified, added, or deleted<br />

in this revision.<br />

Rev # Date Page Description Initials<br />

Original 12-17-09 All New Document WSC<br />

01 09-01-10 All Complete revision. WSC<br />

02 07-01-11 All Complete Revision RLT<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> Diamond Twin Star<br />

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES<br />

This list of effective pages is used to determine the current status of every<br />

page in this Training Program. Any page dated “12/17/09” indicates it has<br />

not been changed since 12/17/09.<br />

Page Rev # Date Page Rev # Date Page Rev # Date<br />

Cover 02 07/01/11 26 02 07/01/11 62 02 07/01/11<br />

i 02 07/01/11 27 02 07/01/11 63 02 07/01/11<br />

ii 02 07/01/11 28 02 07/01/11 64 02 07/01/11<br />

iii 02 07/01/11 29 02 07/01/11 65 02 07/01/11<br />

iv 02 07/01/11 30 02 07/01/11 66 02 07/01/11<br />

v 02 07/01/11 31 02 07/01/11 67 02 07/01/11<br />

vi 02 07/01/11 32 02 07/01/11 68 02 07/01/11<br />

vii 02 07/01/11 33 02 07/01/11 69 02 07/01/11<br />

viii 02 07/01/11 34 02 07/01/11 70 02 07/01/11<br />

Ix 02 07/01/11 35 02 07/01/11 71 02 07/01/11<br />

x 02 07/01/11 36 02 07/01/11 72 02 07/01/11<br />

1 02 07/01/11 37 02 07/01/11 73 02 07/01/11<br />

2 02 07/01/11 38 02 07/01/11 74 02 07/01/11<br />

3 02 07/01/11 39 02 07/01/11 75 02 07/01/11<br />

4 02 07/01/11 40 02 07/01/11 76 02 07/01/11<br />

5 02 07/01/11 41 02 07/01/11 77 02 07/01/11<br />

6 02 07/01/11 42 02 07/01/11 78 02 07/01/11<br />

7 02 07/01/11 43 02 07/01/11 79 02 07/01/11<br />

8 02 07/01/11 44 02 07/01/11 80 02 07/01/11<br />

9 02 07/01/11 45 02 07/01/11 81 02 07/01/11<br />

10 02 07/01/11 46 02 07/01/11 82 02 07/01/11<br />

11 02 07/01/11 47 02 07/01/11 83 02 07/01/11<br />

12 02 07/01/11 48 02 07/01/11<br />

13 02 07/01/11 49 02 07/01/11<br />

14 02 07/01/11 50 02 07/01/11<br />

15 02 07/01/11 51 02 07/01/11<br />

16 02 07/01/11 52 02 07/01/11<br />

17 02 07/01/11 53 02 07/01/11<br />

18 02 07/01/11 54 02 07/01/11<br />

19 02 07/01/11 55 02 07/01/11<br />

20 02 07/01/11 56 02 07/01/11<br />

21 02 07/01/11 57 02 07/01/11<br />

22 02 07/01/11 58 02 07/01/11<br />

23 02 07/01/11 59 02 07/01/11<br />

24 02 07/01/11 60 02 07/01/11<br />

25 02 07/01/11 61 02 07/01/11<br />

FAA Accepted.<br />

Signature on file.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

Page Rev # Date Page Rev # Date Page Rev # Date<br />

84 02 07/01/11 124 02 07/01/11 164 02 07/01/11<br />

85 02 07/01/11 125 02 07/01/11 165 02 07/01/11<br />

86 02 07/01/11 126 02 07/01/11 166 02 07/01/11<br />

87 02 07/01/11 127 02 07/01/11 167 02 07/01/11<br />

88 02 07/01/11 128 02 07/01/11 168 02 07/01/11<br />

89 02 07/01/11 129 02 07/01/11 169 02 07/01/11<br />

90 02 07/01/11 130 02 07/01/11 170 02 07/01/11<br />

91 02 07/01/11 131 02 07/01/11 171 02 07/01/11<br />

92 02 07/01/11 132 02 07/01/11 172 02 07/01/11<br />

93 02 07/01/11 133 02 07/01/11 173 02 07/01/11<br />

94 02 07/01/11 134 02 07/01/11 174 02 07/01/11<br />

95 02 07/01/11 135 02 07/01/11 175 02 07/01/11<br />

96 02 07/01/11 136 02 07/01/11 176 02 07/01/11<br />

97 02 07/01/11 137 02 07/01/11 177 02 07/01/11<br />

98 02 07/01/11 138 02 07/01/11 178 02 07/01/11<br />

99 02 07/01/11 139 02 07/01/11 179 02 07/01/11<br />

100 02 07/01/11 140 02 07/01/11 180 02 07/01/11<br />

101 02 07/01/11 141 02 07/01/11 181 02 07/01/11<br />

102 02 07/01/11 142 02 07/01/11 182 02 07/01/11<br />

103 02 07/01/11 143 02 07/01/11 183 02 07/01/11<br />

104 02 07/01/11 144 02 07/01/11 184 02 07/01/11<br />

105 02 07/01/11 145 02 07/01/11 185 02 07/01/11<br />

106 02 07/01/11 146 02 07/01/11 186 02 07/01/11<br />

107 02 07/01/11 147 02 07/01/11 187 02 07/01/11<br />

108 02 07/01/11 148 02 07/01/11 188 02 07/01/11<br />

109 02 07/01/11 149 02 07/01/11<br />

110 02 07/01/11 150 02 07/01/11<br />

111 02 07/01/11 151 02 07/01/11<br />

112 02 07/01/11 152 02 07/01/11<br />

113 02 07/01/11 153 02 07/01/11<br />

114 02 07/01/11 154 02 07/01/11<br />

115 02 07/01/11 155 02 07/01/11<br />

116 02 07/01/11 156 02 07/01/11<br />

117 02 07/01/11 157 02 07/01/11<br />

118 02 07/01/11 158 02 07/01/11<br />

119 02 07/01/11 159 02 07/01/11<br />

120 02 07/01/11 160 02 07/01/11<br />

121 02 07/01/11 161 02 07/01/11<br />

122 02 07/01/11 162 02 07/01/11<br />

123 01 09/01/10 163 01 09/01/10<br />

FAA Accepted.<br />

Signature on file.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP xi<br />

Page Rev # Date Page Rev # Date Page Rev # Date<br />

189 02 07/01/11 229 02 07/01/11<br />

190 02 07/01/11 230 02 07/01/11<br />

191 02 07/01/11 231 02 07/01/11<br />

192 02 07/01/11 232 02 07/01/11<br />

193 02 07/01/11 233 02 07/01/11<br />

194 02 07/01/11 234 02 07/01/11<br />

195 02 07/01/11 235 02 07/01/11<br />

196 02 07/01/11 236 02 07/01/11<br />

197 02 07/01/11 237 02 07/01/11<br />

198 02 07/01/11 238 02 07/01/11<br />

199 02 07/01/11 239 02 07/01/11<br />

200 02 07/01/11 240 02 07/01/11<br />

201 02 07/01/11 241 02 07/01/11<br />

202 02 07/01/11 242 02 07/01/11<br />

203 02 07/01/11 243 02 07/01/11<br />

204 02 07/01/11 244 02 07/01/11<br />

205 02 07/01/11 245 02 07/01/11<br />

206 02 07/01/11 246 02 07/01/11<br />

207 02 07/01/11 247 02 07/01/11<br />

208 02 07/01/11 248 02 07/01/11<br />

209 02 07/01/11 249 02 07/01/11<br />

210 02 07/01/11 250 02 07/01/11<br />

211 02 07/01/11<br />

212 02 07/01/11<br />

213 02 07/01/11<br />

214 02 07/01/11<br />

215 02 07/01/11<br />

216 02 07/01/11<br />

217 02 07/01/11<br />

218 02 07/01/11<br />

219 02 07/01/11<br />

220 02 07/01/11<br />

221 02 07/01/11<br />

222 02 07/01/11<br />

223 02 07/01/11<br />

224 02 07/01/11<br />

225 02 07/01/11<br />

226 02 07/01/11<br />

227 02 07/01/11<br />

228 02 07/01/11<br />

FAA Accepted.<br />

Signature on file.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


xii<br />

<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

DISCLAIMER<br />

<strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> (<strong>ERAU</strong>) is not responsible for any<br />

errors or omissions of this document. While the <strong>DA42</strong>-<strong>L360</strong> Standard<br />

Operating Procedures (SOP), and associated checklists are <strong>ERAU</strong>’s<br />

guidelines for the safe operation of the <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> aircraft, they are not the<br />

sole source of information regarding the operation of this aircraft. The pilotin-command<br />

must refer to the Diamond <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> Pilot Operating<br />

Handbook for further information.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP xiii<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 1<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

The procedures outlined within the <strong>DA42</strong>-<strong>L360</strong> Standard Operating<br />

Procedures (SOP) have been reviewed and accepted by the <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong><br />

Flight Training Department for use in the <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong><br />

<strong>University</strong> (<strong>ERAU</strong>) Flight Training Program.<br />

The Standard Operating Procedures explain the intended use of Preflight<br />

and Normal procedures used in operating the <strong>DA42</strong>-<strong>L360</strong> aircraft and<br />

provide a detailed explanation of individual checklist items, Standard<br />

Operating Procedures (SOP), and recommended techniques used to<br />

accomplish them.<br />

The <strong>DA42</strong>-<strong>L360</strong> SOP has been developed utilizing generally accepted<br />

industry procedures and several reference texts and manuals. Industry<br />

sources include the Diamond Aircraft Company, the National Aeronautics<br />

and Space Administration (NASA), the Federal Aviation Administration<br />

(FAA), United Airlines, and Northwest Airlines.<br />

Warnings, Cautions, and Notes found throughout the SOP. The following<br />

definitions apply:<br />

WARNING<br />

Operating procedures, techniques, etc., that, if not<br />

carefully followed, could result in personal injury or loss<br />

of life.<br />

CAUTION<br />

Operating procedures, techniques, etc, that, if not<br />

carefully followed, could result in damage to equipment.<br />

NOTE<br />

An operating procedure, technique, etc, that is<br />

considered essential to emphasize.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


2 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

<strong>ERAU</strong> CHECKLIST POLICY<br />

A critical element in the development as a professional pilot is in the<br />

training in checklist usage and discipline. Pilot deviations from standard<br />

operating procedures are the number one crew related cause of hull loss<br />

accidents. Many of these accidents and incidents are the direct result of<br />

the improper use of or lack of training in checklist usage. Therefore,<br />

checklist usage and discipline must be emphasized in our crew<br />

environment to help ensure safe and efficient flight operations at <strong>Embry</strong>-<br />

<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> and in preparing students for careers as<br />

professional pilots.<br />

All checklists are accomplished by either a Do/Verify or<br />

Challenge/Response methodology. The Read/Do methodology has been<br />

eliminated as an acceptable means of conducting the checklist. The<br />

principle advantage of the Do/Verify philosophy provides for setup<br />

redundancy.<br />

Setup redundancy occurs when the aircraft is configured from memory<br />

(Flow) and the checklist is used only to verify that all items have been<br />

accomplished properly. Therefore, if an item is missed in a flow check, a<br />

second opportunity exists to catch the missed item during the checklist<br />

procedure. While the Do/Verify method may require additional dry time to<br />

learn the flows, when practiced and perfected, the level of a truly<br />

professional pilot will be attained. Note flows should be silent and checklist<br />

items shall be conducted out loud.<br />

Consistent with the Do/Verify philosophy, the checklist must be used to<br />

back up the flow even though a memorized flow check shall be employed.<br />

A memory-guided checklist (no verification of the flow with the checklist) is<br />

unacceptable and not consistent with safe flight operations. In addition, a<br />

visual verification that a switch or control is in the correct position when<br />

accomplishing the checklist is mandatory (not to be verbalized).<br />

The only exception to the Do/Verify philosophy occurs when conducting<br />

Abnormal Checklist items. These items are not performed as part of a flow<br />

but as Read/Do. The initiation and completion of all checklists shall be<br />

announced by the executing crewmember or the challenging crewmember<br />

in the case of a Challenge/Response checklist (e.g., “Before Start<br />

Checklist”.......“Before Start Checklist Complete”).<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 3<br />

The initial callout allows the crew to concentrate on the checklist being<br />

performed, and the completion call is a necessary action to allow the crew<br />

to mentally move to other areas of operation with reassurance that the<br />

previous checklist is complete.<br />

Use the specific wording of each Challenge and Response for all normal<br />

situations. When an item allows a choice of responses, such as Pitot<br />

Heat...Off (On), the choices are listed and the appropriate response shall<br />

be given. The first response is the most probable control position, while the<br />

response in parentheses is the least probable control position. When a<br />

checklist response does not allow for the use of a specific switch position,<br />

the following terms should be used as a response:<br />

• SET: Indicates that panel switches/knobs must be moved to or in the<br />

appropriate position.<br />

• CHECK: Indicates that controls/other systems must be<br />

evaluated/tested.<br />

• INSPECT: Indicates that equipment must be visually checked for<br />

damage and security.<br />

Any interruption in accomplishing a checklist (other than for Final Items or<br />

routine communications) requires the checklist to be repeated to ensure<br />

prevention of any checklist item from being missed as a result of the<br />

interruption.<br />

The Sterile Cockpit concept shall be employed on the ground and in critical<br />

phases of flight to help ensure that critical checklists are accomplished<br />

correctly. Sterile cockpit refers to the elimination of nonessential<br />

conversation, excluding conversation necessary for safe flight operations or<br />

flight instruction. Finally, clear communications shall be used when<br />

changing system configuration or during exchange of the flight controls.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


4 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

INTRA-COCKPIT VERBAL COORDINATION<br />

In addition to reading back communications with ATC, Hear-Backs shall be<br />

employed between the student and the instructor in the airplane. This is to<br />

help ensure a common understanding by one flight crewmember that<br />

repeats the instructions verbally and obtains agreement on the content and<br />

intent from the other flight crewmember in the airplane. When flight<br />

crewmembers verbally confirm their understanding of the instructions, any<br />

errors or misunderstandings can be discovered and corrected, thus<br />

preventing any hazardous situations from developing. This verbal<br />

coordination shall be accomplished:<br />

(1) When ATC issues taxi instructions for departure, the flight crew should<br />

refer to the airport diagram, coordinate verbally and agree on the<br />

assigned runway and taxi route, including any instructions to hold short<br />

of, or cross any intersecting runways.<br />

(2) When ATC issues landing instructions, the flight crew should<br />

coordinate verbally and agree on the runway assigned, as well as any<br />

restrictions such as hold short points of an intersecting runway after<br />

landing.<br />

(3) After landing and exiting the runway, the flight crew should coordinate<br />

verbally and agree on the ATC taxi instructions to the aircraft’s parking<br />

area, including any instructions to hold short of, or cross any<br />

intersecting runways.<br />

(4) At complex intersections, the flight crew should verbally coordinate to<br />

ensure that the intersection is correctly identified and that the aircraft is<br />

transitioning through the intersection to the correct taxiway.<br />

(5) When approaching an intersecting runway, the flight crew should<br />

verbally coordinate in order to identify the runway. They should also<br />

verbally review the ATC instructions as to whether they are to hold<br />

short of or cross the runway.<br />

(6) Before crossing the hold short line or entering or crossing a runway<br />

for takeoff or landing, the flight crew should visually scan to the left<br />

and right, including the full length of the runway and its approach<br />

paths, and coordinate verbally that the area scanned is or is not<br />

clear. The pilot flying will callout “cleared to cross (runway number<br />

or taxiway name)”. The pilot monitoring will then confirm verbally<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 5<br />

that the aircraft is cleared to cross the runway or taxiway. If the pilot<br />

monitoring does not verbally conform this, the pilot flying shall not<br />

cross until verbal conformation is received.<br />

(7) Before entering a runway for takeoff, the flight crew shall verbally<br />

coordinate to ensure correct identification of the runway and receipt of<br />

the proper ATC clearance to use. Confirm runway directional<br />

alignment with the aircraft’s magnetic compass, horizontal situation<br />

indicator, and/or flight management system. Similar verification should<br />

be performed during approach to landing.<br />

(8) When a flight crewmember needs to stop monitoring any ATC<br />

frequency, the crewmember shall inform the other flight<br />

crewmember(s) when stopping and resuming the monitoring of an ATC<br />

frequency. Any instructions or information received or transmitted<br />

during that flight crewmember’s absence from the ATC frequency<br />

should be briefed and reviewed upon the crewmember’s return.<br />

(9) When the pilot not taxiing the aircraft focuses his or her attention on<br />

instruments in the cockpit, such as entering the data into the aircraft’s<br />

Flight Management System or Global Positioning System (GPS), and<br />

subsequently is not able to visually monitor the aircraft’s progress, he<br />

or she should verbally notify the pilot taxiing the aircraft. Likewise,<br />

notification should be made when that flight crewmember has<br />

completed his or her task and is again able to assist in visually<br />

monitoring the taxi operation.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


6 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 7<br />

STANDARD CALLOUTS<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


8 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

STANDARD CALLOUTS – NORMAL<br />

ACTION<br />

Initiate Ramp Out Checklist<br />

Completed Ramp Out Checklist<br />

Initiate Before Start Checklist<br />

Completed Before Start Checklist<br />

Initiate Engine Start Checklist<br />

Completed Engine Start Checklist<br />

Before engaging starter<br />

Initiate Before Taxi Checklist<br />

Completed Before Taxi Checklist<br />

Initiate Changing Flap Position<br />

(on the ground)<br />

Wait for Instructor’s Response<br />

Before Crossing Intersection/Hold<br />

Line<br />

Wait for Instructor’s Response<br />

Visually check flaps are up<br />

Wait for Instructor’s Response<br />

Initiate Before Takeoff Run-Up<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Before Takeoff Run-Up<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Before Takeoff Checklist<br />

Completed Before Takeoff<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Before Takeoff Final Items<br />

Checklist<br />

Attaining Rotation Speed<br />

Establishing a Positive Climb<br />

Rejecting or aborting a Takeoff<br />

CALLOUT<br />

“Ramp Out Checklist.”<br />

“Ramp Out Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Before Start Checklist.”<br />

“Before Start Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Engine Start Checklist”<br />

“Engine Start Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Clear (Left or Right) Prop.”<br />

“Before Taxi Checklist.”<br />

“Before Taxi Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Flaps Identified.”<br />

“Flaps Verified.”<br />

“Cleared to Cross (Taxiway Name)”<br />

or “Cleared to Cross (Runway<br />

Number)”<br />

Ex: “Cleared to Cross 7L”<br />

“Cleared to Cross Papa”<br />

“Cleared to Cross.”<br />

“Flaps Up.”<br />

“Flaps Up, Verified.”<br />

“Before Takeoff Run-Up Checklist.”<br />

“Before Takeoff Run-Up Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Before Takeoff Checklist.”<br />

“Before Takeoff Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Before Takeoff Final Items<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“V-R, Rotate.”<br />

“Positive Rate.”<br />

“Abort. Abort. Abort.”<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 9<br />

ACTION<br />

Extending the Landing Gear<br />

Verify Landing Gear is Down<br />

Instructor’s Response<br />

Visually verifying airspeed before<br />

lowering flaps<br />

Changing Assigned Altitudes<br />

Initiate Climb Checklist<br />

Completed Climb Checklist<br />

Initiate Cruise Checklist<br />

Completed Cruise Checklist<br />

Initiate Descent Checklist<br />

Completed Descent Checklist<br />

Initiate Descent Final Items<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Descent Final Items<br />

Checklist<br />

Stabilized Approach:<br />

Landing Approach - Stabilized<br />

Landing Approach - Not Stabilized<br />

Any other time a Go-Around is<br />

initiated<br />

Initiate After Landing Checklist<br />

Completed After Landing Checklist<br />

Initiate Shutdown Checklist<br />

Complete Shutdown Checklist<br />

CALLOUT<br />

“Gear Down.”<br />

“Three green, No red, One in the<br />

Mirror. Verify”<br />

“Gear Down, Verified.”<br />

“Below (limitation speed), Flaps<br />

(desired setting).”<br />

Ex: “Below 110, Flaps 10.”<br />

“Leaving ____ for ____.”<br />

(e.g., “Leaving 7000 for 8000” or<br />

“Leaving 8000 for 7000”)<br />

“Climb Checklist.”<br />

“Climb Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Cruise Checklist.”<br />

“Cruise Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Descent Checklist.”<br />

“Descent Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Descent Final Items Checklist.”<br />

“Descent Final Items Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“200 feet, Stabilized, Continuing.”<br />

“200 feet, Not Stabilized, Going<br />

Around.”<br />

“Going Around”<br />

“After Landing Checklist.”<br />

“After Landing Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Shutdown Checklist.”<br />

“Shutdown Checklist Complete.”<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


10 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ACTION<br />

Instrument Approach:<br />

Precision Approach<br />

Non-Precision Approach<br />

GPS<br />

Outer Maker (OM)/<br />

Final Approach Fix (FAF):<br />

Precision Approach<br />

Non-Precision Approach<br />

CALLOUT<br />

“Localizer Alive.”<br />

“Glide Slope Alive.”<br />

“CDI Alive.”<br />

“ADF Within 10 Degrees.”<br />

“Approach Mode.” Or specify GPS<br />

mode (ex: “LPV” or “LNAV”)<br />

“Outer Marker, GS Crossing Alt.”<br />

(e.g., “Outer Marker, 1,496”)<br />

“Final Approach Fix.”<br />

1000 Feet Above DA(H)/MDA “1000 Feet Above DA(H)/MDA.”<br />

500 Feet Above DA(H)/MDA “500 Feet Above DA(H)/MDA.”<br />

100 Feet Above DA(H)/MDA “100 Feet Above DA(H)/MDA.”<br />

At MDA<br />

“Minimum Descent Altitude.”<br />

At DA(H):<br />

Runway (Visual Reference) In Sight<br />

Runway In Sight<br />

Runway Not In Sight<br />

“(Visual Reference) in Sight,<br />

Continuing.”<br />

“Runway in Sight, Landing.”<br />

“Missed Approach.”<br />

NOTE: (Visual Reference) applies<br />

to all items listed in 14 CFR Part<br />

91.175.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 11<br />

STANDARD CALLOUTS - EMERGENCY<br />

ACTION<br />

Initiate Engine Failure During<br />

Takeoff Checklist<br />

Completed Engine Failure During<br />

Takeoff Checklist<br />

Initiate Engine Failure During Flight<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Engine Failure During<br />

Flight Checklist<br />

Initiate One Engine Inoperative<br />

Landing Checklist<br />

Completed One Engine Inoperative<br />

Landing Checklist<br />

Initiate One Engine Inoperative Go-<br />

Around Checklist<br />

Completed One Engine Inoperative<br />

Go-Around Checklist<br />

Initiate Engine-Driven Fuel Pump<br />

Failure Checklist<br />

Completed Engine-Driven Fuel<br />

Pump Failure Checklist<br />

Initiate Engine Fire On Ground<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Engine Fire On Ground<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Engine Fire During Takeoff<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Engine Fire During<br />

Takeoff Checklist<br />

Initiate Engine Fire In Flight<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Engine Fire In Flight<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Electrical Fire On Ground<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Electrical Fire On<br />

Ground Checklist<br />

CALLOUT<br />

“Engine Failure During Takeoff<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Engine Failure During Takeoff<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Engine Failure During Flight<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Engine Failure During Flight<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“One Engine Inoperative Landing<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“One Engine Inoperative Landing<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“One Engine Inoperative Go-<br />

Around Checklist.”<br />

“One Engine Inoperative Go-<br />

Around Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Engine-Driven Fuel Pump Failure<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Engine-Driven Fuel Pump Failure<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Engine Fire on Ground Checklist.”<br />

“Engine Fire on Ground Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Engine Fire During Takeoff<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Engine Fire During Takeoff<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Engine Fire In Flight Checklist.”<br />

“Engine Fire In Flight Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Electrical Fire On Ground<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Electrical Fire On Ground<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


12 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ACTION<br />

Initiate Electrical Fire In Flight<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Electrical Fire in Flight<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Emergency Exit Checklist<br />

Completed Emergency Exit<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Starter Malfunction<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Starter Malfunction<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Emergency Descent<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Emergency Descent<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Cabin Carbon Monoxide<br />

Contamination Checklist<br />

Completed Cabin Carbon Monoxide<br />

Contamination Checklist<br />

Initiate Unintentional Flight Into<br />

Icing Conditions Checklist<br />

Completed Unintentional Flight Into<br />

Icing Conditions Checklist<br />

Initiate Unintentional Spin Recovery<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Unintentional Spin<br />

Recovery Checklist<br />

Initiate Landing Gear System<br />

Malfunction Checklist<br />

Completed Landing Gear System<br />

Malfunction Checklist<br />

Initiate Manual Extension of<br />

Landing Gear Checklist<br />

CALLOUT<br />

“Electrical Fire in Flight Checklist.”<br />

“Electrical Fire in Flight Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Emergency Exit Checklist.”<br />

“Emergency Exit Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Starter Malfunction Checklist.”<br />

“Starter Malfunction Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Emergency Descent Checklist.”<br />

“Emergency Descent Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Cabin Carbon Monoxide<br />

Contamination Checklist.”<br />

“Cabin Carbon Monoxide<br />

Contamination Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Unintentional Flight Into Icing<br />

Conditions Checklist.”<br />

“Unintentional Flight Into Icing<br />

Conditions Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Spin Recovery Checklist.”<br />

“Unintentional Spin Recovery<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Landing Gear System Malfunction<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Landing Gear System Malfunction<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Manual Extension of Landing Gear<br />

Checklist.”<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 13<br />

ACTION<br />

Completed Manual Extension of<br />

Landing Gear Checklist<br />

Initiate Gear Up Landing Checklist<br />

Completed Gear Up Landing<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Landing With Defective Tire<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Landing With Defective<br />

Tire Checklist<br />

Initiate Landing With Defective<br />

Brakes Checklist<br />

Completed Landing With Defective<br />

Brakes Checklist<br />

Initiate Unlocked Doors Checklist<br />

Complete Unlocked Doors<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Complete Electric System<br />

Failure Checklist<br />

Completed Complete Electric<br />

System Failure Checklist<br />

Initiate One Alternator Failed<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed One Alternator Failed<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Both Alternators Failed<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Both Alternator Failed<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Over-Voltage Checklist<br />

Completed Over-Voltage Checklist<br />

Initiate Engine Running Roughly<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Engine Running<br />

Roughly Checklist<br />

CALLOUT<br />

“Manual Extension of Landing Gear<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Gear Up Landing Checklist.”<br />

“Gear Up Checklist Landing<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Landing With Defective Tire<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Landing With Defective Tire<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Landing With Defectives Brake<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Landing With Defective Brakes<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Unlocked Doors Checklist”<br />

“Unlocked Doors Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Complete Electric System Failure<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Complete Electric System Failure<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“One Alternator Failed Checklist.”<br />

“One Alternator Failed Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Both Alternators Failed Checklist.”<br />

“Both Alternators Failed Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Over-Voltage Checklist.”<br />

“Over-Voltage Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Engine Running Roughly<br />

Checklist”<br />

Engine Running Roughly Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


14 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ACTION<br />

Initiate Loss Of Oil Pressure<br />

Checklist<br />

Complete Loss Of Oil Pressure<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate High Oil Pressure Checklist<br />

Initiate High Oil Pressure Checklist<br />

Initiate High Oil Temperature<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed High Oil Pressure<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate High Cylinder Head<br />

Temperature Checklist<br />

Completed High Cylinder Head<br />

Temperature Checklist<br />

Initiate Un-Commanded High RPM<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Un-Commanded High<br />

RPM Checklist<br />

Initiate Un-Commanded Low RPM<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Un-Commanded Low<br />

RPM Checklist<br />

Initiate High Fuel Flow Checklist<br />

High Fuel Flow Checklist<br />

Initiate Oscillating Propeller RPM<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Oscillating Propeller<br />

RPM Checklist<br />

Initiate Propeller Overspeed<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Propeller Overspeed<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Defective Engine Controls<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Defective Engine<br />

Controls Checklist<br />

CALLOUT<br />

“Loss Of Oil Pressure Checklist.”<br />

“Loss Of Oil Pressure Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“High Oil Pressure Checklist.”<br />

“High Oil Pressure Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“High Oil Temperature Checklist.”<br />

“High Oil Temperature Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“High Cylinder Head Temperature<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“High Cylinder Head Temperature<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Un-Commanded High RPM<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Un-Commanded High RPM<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Un-Commanded Low RPM<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Un-Commanded Low RPM<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“High Fuel Flow Checklist.”<br />

“High Fuel Flow Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Oscillating Propeller RPM<br />

Checklist<br />

“Oscillating Propeller RPM<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Propeller Overspeed Checklist.”<br />

“Propeller Overspeed Checklist.”<br />

“Defective Engine Controls<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Defective Engine Controls<br />

Checklist Complete.”<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 15<br />

STANDARD CALLOUTS - ABNORMAL<br />

ACTION<br />

Initiate Air Starting/Unfeathering<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Air<br />

Starting/Unfeathering Checklist<br />

Initiate Precautionary Landing<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Precautionary Landing<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Propeller Overspeed<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Propeller Overspeed<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Canopy Cooling Gap<br />

Position Checklist<br />

Completed Canopy Cooling Gap<br />

Position Checklist<br />

Initiate Failure In Flap System<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Failure In Flap System<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate No Flap Landing Checklist<br />

Completed No Flap Landing<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Continuous Operation Of<br />

Hydraulic Pump Checklist<br />

Completed Continuous Operation<br />

Of Hydraulic Pump Checklist<br />

Initiate Hydraulic Pump Failure<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Hydraulic Pump Failure<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Landing With High Mass<br />

Checklist<br />

Completed Landing With High<br />

Mass Checklist<br />

CALLOUT<br />

“Air Starting/Unfeathering<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Air Starting/Unfeathering Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Precautionary Landing Checklist.”<br />

“Precautionary Landing Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Engine Propeller Overspeed.”<br />

“Propeller Overspeed Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Canopy Cooling Gap Position<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Canopy Cooling Gap Position<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Failure In Flap System Checklist.”<br />

“Failure In Flap System Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“No Flap Landing Checklist.”<br />

“No Flap Landing Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Continuous Operation Of Hydraulic<br />

Pump Checklist.”<br />

“Continuous Operation Of Hydraulic<br />

Pump Checklist Complete.”<br />

“Hydraulic Pump Failure Checklist.”<br />

“Hydraulic Pump Failure Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Landing With High Mass<br />

Checklist.”<br />

“Landing With High Mass Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


16 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ACTION<br />

Initiate Lightning Strike Checklist<br />

Completed Lightning Strike<br />

Checklist<br />

Initiate Engine Indications Outside<br />

Of Green Range Checklist<br />

Completed Engine Indications<br />

Outside Of Green Range Checklist<br />

CALLOUT<br />

“Lightning Strike Checklist.”<br />

“Lightning Strike Checklist<br />

Complete.”<br />

“Engine Indications Outside Of<br />

Green Range Checklist.”<br />

“Engine Indications Outside Of<br />

Green Range Checklist Complete.”<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 17<br />

Brake/Steering Checking Procedures<br />

When first beginning to taxi, conduct a check of braking effectiveness by:<br />

Allowing the airplane to begin movement under power; then,<br />

Reduce the power to idle and depress the top portion of both rudder<br />

pedals (brake function) sufficiently to bring the airplane to a complete<br />

stop.<br />

Verify that the braking effort, braking action, and pedal travel are all<br />

satisfactory.<br />

Verify that the airplane steering is satisfactory by:<br />

Depressing the rudder pedal in the direction of turn desired<br />

Verify that the airplane responds properly to the rudder pedal input.<br />

NOTE<br />

When an Instructor Pilot (IP) is seated in either the left or right<br />

front seat, the IP shall conduct a separate check of<br />

braking/steering effectiveness from that seating position to<br />

ensure that the rudder pedals are functioning properly,<br />

effectively, and satisfactory.<br />

Ensure that the throttle levers are set at idle before initiating a<br />

positive exchange of the flight controls.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


18 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ENGINE PRIMING PROCEDURES<br />

NOTE<br />

The engine starting procedures that follow are applicable to<br />

both engines.<br />

Cold Engine - Oil temperature 148° F or less (outside green).<br />

1. STROBE LIGHTS ............................................................................... ON<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVER .......................................................... 1” FROM IDLE<br />

3. FUEL PUMP ....................................................................................... ON<br />

4. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ..................................................................<br />

............................................. FULL RICH 3 to 5 seconds/IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

5. FUEL PUMP ..................................................................................... OFF<br />

6. THROTTLE LEVER ......................................................... ½” FROM IDLE<br />

Continue with ENGINE START FLOW<br />

NOTE<br />

Hot weather starting procedures depend upon how soon the<br />

next engine start is attempted. Within the first 20 to 30 minutes<br />

after shutdown, the fuel manifold is adequately primed and the<br />

empty injector nozzle lines will fill before the engine would<br />

cease to run (no additional priming should be needed).<br />

Warm Engine - Oil Temperature 149° F or greater (within green).<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER .......................................................... 1” FROM IDLE<br />

2. FUEL PUMP ....................................................................................... ON<br />

3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ..................................................................<br />

........................................ FULL RICH 1 to 2 SECONDS/IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

4. FUEL PUMP ..................................................................................... OFF<br />

Continue with ENGINE START FLOW<br />

NOTE<br />

After engine start, advance the Mixture Control 1/3 open, then<br />

smoothly to the Full Forward (Full Rich) position as power<br />

develops.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 19<br />

Flooded Engine<br />

1. FUEL PUMP ..................................................................................... OFF<br />

2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ......................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

3. THROTTLE LEVER ......................................................... MID POSITION<br />

4. IGNITION SWITCH....................................................................... START<br />

After engine starts:<br />

5. THROTTLE LEVER .......................................................................... IDLE<br />

6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ............................................... FULL RICH<br />

Continue with ENGINE START FLOW<br />

NOTE<br />

If the throttle is open much greater than 1/2 inch when the<br />

engine starts, the engine will surge to a much higher than<br />

normal RPM. Operating the engine in this manner may cause<br />

internal engine damage due to a lack of prior circulated oil.<br />

CAUTION<br />

Do not overheat the starter motor. Do not operate the starter<br />

motor for more than 10 seconds. After operating the starter<br />

motor, let it cool for 20 seconds. After 6 attempts to start the<br />

engine, allow the starter to cool for 30 minutes.<br />

If subsequent start attempt is unsuccessful, contact the Fleet<br />

Maintenance Department.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


20 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

LEANING PROCEDURES<br />

The following leaning procedures, developed for use during ground, climb,<br />

cruise, descent, and landing operations, are employed to aid in<br />

preventative maintenance and flight safety operations.<br />

With respect to the engine operation, utilization and adherence to these<br />

procedures are important, especially during high power settings and rich<br />

mixture settings, to prolong the engine life and to ensure flight safety.<br />

GROUND<br />

Lean to peak engine RPM:<br />

- Confirm that the Mixture Control Lever is in the Full Forward (Full-<br />

Rich) position.<br />

- Adjust the Throttle Lever to set 1200 RPM.<br />

- Lean the mixture by slowly moving the Mixture Control Lever aft while<br />

observing engine RPM slowly increasing.<br />

- Continue leaning the mixture until the engine RPM begins to<br />

decrease.<br />

- Once a decrease in engine RPM is observed, enrichen the mixture by<br />

slowly moving the Mixture Control Lever forward until peak engine<br />

RPM is attained.<br />

- Adjust the Throttle Lever to set 1000 RPM.<br />

TAKEOFF (High elevation airports only)<br />

- Lean the mixture for takeoff only when the airplane is operating at, or<br />

above 5000’ Density Altitude, by slowly moving the Mixture Control<br />

Lever aft to obtain the best power mixture setting.<br />

CLIMB (Below 5000’ Density Altitude)<br />

- Leave the Mixture Control Levers in the Full Forward (Full Rich)<br />

position.<br />

NOTE<br />

The mixture may be leaned at lower altitudes if necessary to<br />

obtain smooth engine operation.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 21<br />

CRUISE (Best Economy Mixture)<br />

- Lean the mixture by slowly moving the Mixture Control Lever aft until<br />

a decrease in engine RPM or engine roughness is observed.<br />

- Enrichen the mixture by slowly moving the Mixture Control Lever<br />

forward until peak engine RPM and smooth running of the engine are<br />

attained. At the same time, the Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT)<br />

should reach maximum (Peak)<br />

CAUTION<br />

CAUTION<br />

The best economy mixture setting may only be used up to a<br />

power setting of 75%.<br />

CRUISE (Best Power Mixture)<br />

- Lean the mixture by slowly moving the Mixture Control Lever aft until<br />

a decrease in engine RPM or engine roughness is observed.<br />

- Enrichen the mixture by slowly moving the Mixture Control Lever<br />

forward until the Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) is approximately<br />

100° F lower (Rich of Peak EGT)<br />

CAUTION<br />

CAUTION<br />

The mixture should be enrichened slightly before selecting a<br />

higher power setting. The Mixture Control Lever should always<br />

be moved slowly.<br />

MANEUVERS (Local)<br />

Ground Reference Maneuvers:<br />

- Slowly move both Mixture Controls to the Full Forward (Full-Rich)<br />

position.<br />

- Depress the Fuel Pump switches to the ON position (Below 1000’<br />

MSL).<br />

Other Maneuvers:<br />

- Leave both Mixture Control Levers in the established leaned position.<br />

- Ensure that both Fuel Pumps switches are in the OFF position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


22 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

DESCENT<br />

- Slowly move the Mixture Control Levers forward to enrichen the<br />

mixture during the descent.<br />

LANDING<br />

When operating VFR:<br />

- Verify that both Mixture Control Levers are in the Full Forward (Full-<br />

Rich) position.<br />

- Depress both Fuel Pumps switches to the ON position when<br />

descending through 1,000’ AGL.<br />

When operating IFR:<br />

- Verify that both Mixture Control Levers are in the Full Forward (Full-<br />

Rich) position at 500’ above MDA or DA as applicable.<br />

- Depress both Fuel Pumps switches to the ON position when<br />

descending through 1,000’ AGL.<br />

All VFR airplanes entering the traffic pattern:<br />

- Verify that both Mixture Controls are in the Full Forward (Full- Rich)<br />

position.<br />

- Depress both Fuel Pumps switches to the ON position when<br />

descending through 1,000’ AGL.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 23<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


24 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

Section 1:<br />

PRE-FLIGHT<br />

PROCEDURES<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 25<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


26 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

INITIAL AIRCRAFT ACCEPTANCE<br />

CLIPBOARD CHECK<br />

Verify that the aircraft Tachometer agrees with what is entered on the<br />

Aircraft Condition board.<br />

Review past discrepancies and deferred items to ensure that no open<br />

discrepancies exist.<br />

Verify that all aircraft and equipment inspections are current including:<br />

100-hour inspection<br />

Annual Inspection<br />

24-month Transponder Test and Inspection<br />

24-month Altimeter, Pitot-Static System, and automatic pressure<br />

altitude reporting system (Mode S) Test and Inspection<br />

12-month ELT unit Inspection<br />

ELT Battery<br />

VOR Accuracy Check (if applicable)<br />

Survival Kit<br />

Check oil and fuel levels first to avoid any delays on departure.<br />

Clean the interior and exterior sides of the canopy with approved<br />

cleaning solution and towels. A clean canopy increases visibility and<br />

collision avoidance. Ensure that there are no cracks in the canopy. Do<br />

not place any item(s) (i.e. headsets, clipboard, etc.) on top of the glare<br />

shield panel, as this can scratch the canopy.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 27<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


28 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

PRE-FLIGHT FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To facilitate an effective preflight and determine aircraft<br />

airworthiness.<br />

1. Cabin<br />

2. Fuselage - Left<br />

3. Empennage<br />

4. Fuselage - Right<br />

5. Right Wing<br />

6. Front Fuselage<br />

7. Left Wing<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 29<br />

PRE-FLIGHT CHECKLIST<br />

CABIN CHECKLIST<br />

1. GUST LOCKS (if installed) ..................................................... REMOVE<br />

2. PITOT/STATIC MAST COVER (if installed)............................ REMOVE<br />

3. ENGINE OIL QUANTITY ........................................................... CHECK<br />

4. FUEL QUANTITY (MAIN/AUX) .................................................. CHECK<br />

CALL FOR SERVICE IF NEEDED<br />

5. FUEL SUMPS (6) ........................................................................DRAIN<br />

6. CONTROL LOCK ................................................................... REMOVE<br />

7. DOCUMENTS ........................................................................... CHECK<br />

8. AFM ................................................................................... AVAILABLE<br />

9. G1000 CRG ....................................................................... AVAILABLE<br />

10. FIRE EXTINGUISHER ............................................ CHECK/SECURED<br />

11. SURVIVAL KIT ....................................................... VERIFY/SECURED<br />

12. REAR DOOR .......................................................... CHECK/SECURED<br />

13. RUDDER PEDALS ................................................................... ADJUST<br />

14. PARKING BRAKE ........................................................................... SET<br />

15. FUEL SELECTORS ............................................................ CHECK/ON<br />

16. ALTERNATE AIR ........................................................................... OFF<br />

17. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

18. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ...................................... FULL FORWARD<br />

19. THROTTLE LEVERS ....................................................... CHECK/IDLE<br />

20. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION. .............................................. CHECK IN<br />

21. GEAR SELECTOR ..................................................................... DOWN<br />

22. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

23. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

24. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />

25. PITOT HEAT .................................................................................. OFF<br />

26. ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE ................................ CHECK/CLOSED<br />

27. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ............................................................. ON<br />

28. POSITION LIGHTS .......................................................................... ON<br />

29. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH .............................. OFF/GUARDED<br />

30. ELT ........................................................................................... ARMED<br />

31. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........................................................................ IN<br />

32. FLAPS SWITCH ................................................................................ UP<br />

33. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ......................................................... ON<br />

34. LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS ........................... 3 GREEN<br />

35. FUEL QUANTITY ............................................................................ SET<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


30 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

36. FUEL TRANSFER PUMPS....................................................... ON/OFF<br />

If L/R Aux Fuel Empty -<br />

“Caution - Aux Tank(s) Empty”<br />

37. EXTERIOR LIGHTS ......... CHECK/OFF (EXCEPT POSITION LIGHTS)<br />

38. PITOT HEAT ..................................................................... CHECK/OFF<br />

39. STALL HEAT/HORN .................................................................. CHECK<br />

40. GEAR WARNING HORN .............................................................. TEST<br />

41. VARIABLE ELEVATOR STOP .................................................. CHECK<br />

42. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

43. FLIGHT CONTROLS ................................................. FREE/CORRECT<br />

44. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM .................................... CHECK/SET<br />

45. CANOPY ...................................................................... CHECK/CLEAN<br />

46. CABIN CHECKLIST............................................................ COMPLETE<br />

NOTE<br />

When using the step on the <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong>, grasp the handhold<br />

located behind the rear cabin door to support your body weight.<br />

Stepping onto the step without using the handhold may<br />

damage the step, weakening its welded construction, and<br />

creating an unsafe condition.<br />

1. GUST LOCKS (if installed) REMOVE<br />

REMOVE the GUST LOCKS (if installed) from all flight control surfaces.<br />

Stow and secure the gust locks in the aft baggage compartment.<br />

CAUTION<br />

The ailerons or rudder will be damaged if moved with the gust<br />

locks installed.<br />

2. PITOT/STATIC MAST COVER REMOVE<br />

REMOVE the PITOT/STATIC MAST COVER from the Pitot/Static Mast<br />

(located on the underside of the left wing).<br />

3. ENGINE OIL QUANTITY CHECK<br />

CHECK the ENGINE OIL QUANTITY on Left and Right engines. Oil<br />

quantity should be a minimum of 7 quarts for local flight operations. Ensure<br />

that the dipsticks are secured.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 31<br />

If the level is below seven (7) quarts, obtain Exxon Elite 20W-50<br />

oil from the ramp fuel truck or applicable FBO. Use Aeroshell<br />

100 (SAE 50) or equivalent, only if Exxon Elite 20W-50 is<br />

unavailable.<br />

4. FUEL QUANTITY (MAIN/AUX) CHECK<br />

CHECK the FUEL QUANTITY in the MAIN and the AUX (Auxiliary) tanks.<br />

Refer to the <strong>ERAU</strong> Flight Operations Manual for fuel requirements. Ensure<br />

that the fuel cap is secured in place with the fuel cap lever folding down<br />

and toward the trailing edge of the wing.<br />

NOTE<br />

The fuel quantity indicators shall not substitute for visually<br />

checking fuel quantity.<br />

As standard configuration for all <strong>ERAU</strong> <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> aircraft, both<br />

auxiliary fuel tanks will be fully filled for each flight.<br />

CALL FOR SERVICE IF NEEDED<br />

If insufficient fuel or oil is noted, contact <strong>ERAU</strong> Flight Data<br />

(Eagle Data) on 122.825 MHz to request aircraft servicing (Fuel<br />

Truck).<br />

5. FUEL SUMPS (6) DRAIN<br />

Using the fuel sample cup (GATS Jar), DRAIN a small quantity of fuel from<br />

the six (6) flush-type FUEL SUMPS located under each wing, to the side of<br />

each cowling (gascolator), and auxiliary tank (behind each engine nacelle).<br />

Check for water, sediment, and verify that the proper grade of fuel (100LL,<br />

Blue in color) is present. Water in the sample will be indicated by a clear<br />

amount of liquid at the bottom of the sampler cup (due to the greater<br />

density of water than fuel). Dispose of contaminated fuel in the fuel<br />

receptacles located on the east side of the <strong>ERAU</strong> ramp. Remove any<br />

residual water from inside of sampler cup and continue to take fuel samples<br />

until water is no longer present in any fuel sample.<br />

NOTE<br />

DO NOT DUMP FUEL ON THE RAMP.<br />

6. CONTROL LOCK REMOVE<br />

REMOVE the CONTROL LOCK and stow it in the aft baggage<br />

compartment.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


32 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

7. DOCUMENTS CHECK<br />

CHECK that the Airworthiness Certificate and Aircraft Registration are on<br />

board the airplane. If the airplane has a temporary registration (Pink color),<br />

check that the temporary registration’s date is within 90 days of its<br />

issuance. Verify that the DOCUMENTS have the correct registration<br />

number (“N” number) for the airplane. Ensure that the Airworthiness<br />

Certificate is displayed and clearly visible.<br />

8. AFM AVAILABLE<br />

Ensure that the AFM (Airplane Flight Manual) for that airplane is<br />

AVAILABLE, including the weight and balance documentation (per 14 CFR<br />

Part 91.9).<br />

9. G1000 CRG AVAILABLE<br />

Ensure the G1000 (Garmin 1000) CRG (Cockpit Reference Guide) is<br />

AVAILABLE and updated to the latest version of the G1000 system<br />

software. The G1000 software version can be found on the System Status<br />

page of the Auxiliary chapter on the Multi-Function Display (MFD).<br />

10. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CHECK/SECURED<br />

CHECK the FIRE EXTINGUISHER for proper charge (indicator pointing in<br />

the green) and the date of last inspection (within 1 year). Verify that the fire<br />

extinguisher is SECURED by verifying the bracket latch is closed.<br />

11. SURVIVAL KIT VERIFY/SECURED<br />

VERIFY that the SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT, including the survival kit, flare<br />

gun and life jackets, are on board and SECURED with the cargo safety net.<br />

Secure any additional cargo with the safety net to prevent shifting during<br />

flight. Ensure that the survival kit has a safety tag and it is not broken and<br />

that flotation devices are located behind each pilot seat.<br />

12. REAR DOOR CHECK/SECURED<br />

CHECK that the rear door is closed and SECURED, and that the safety<br />

wire is installed on the Emergency handle. For evacuation purposes, DO<br />

NOT lock the rear door using the key.<br />

13. RUDDER PEDALS ADJUST<br />

ADJUST the RUDDER PEDALS as required for comfortable seating<br />

position and to ensure having full rudder travel capability. Ensure that the<br />

pedals lock in the track.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 33<br />

14. PARKING BRAKE SET<br />

SET the PARKING BRAKE by applying pressure to the top part of the<br />

rudder pedals while moving the parking brake lever down, or by setting the<br />

lever to the ON position and then by depressing the brake pedals multiple<br />

times to build the pressure.<br />

CAUTION<br />

If the parking brake is not engaged, the airplane may roll on the<br />

ramp when tie-downs and chocks are removed.<br />

15. FUEL SELECTORS CHECK/ON<br />

CHECK the FUEL SELECTORS for freedom of movement through all<br />

positions and return to the ON position.<br />

16. ALTERNATE AIR OFF<br />

Confirm that the ALTERNATE AIR lever is in the OFF (CLOSED) position<br />

(pushed in).<br />

17. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS are in the IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

(full aft) position.<br />

NOTE<br />

The Mixture Control Levers incorporate a locking feature that<br />

prevents the lever from moving back to a Lean, or IDLE CUT-<br />

OFF position without first depressing the knob on the lever.<br />

18. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />

Verify that the PROPELLER RPM LEVERS are in the FULL FORWARD<br />

position.<br />

19. THROTTLE LEVERS CHECK/IDLE<br />

CHECK the THROTTLE LEVERS for freedom of movement and return to<br />

the IDLE (full aft) position. Adjust the friction lock as necessary.<br />

20. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION CHECK IN<br />

CHECK that the MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION lever is pushed IN.<br />

21. GEAR SELECTOR DOWN<br />

Verify that the landing GEAR SELECTOR is in the Down position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


34 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

22. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Verify that the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH is in the OFF position.<br />

23. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Verify that the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH is in the OFF position.<br />

24. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />

Verify that the IGNITION SWITCHES are in the OFF position and the<br />

ignition keys are out (not inserted).<br />

25. PITOT HEAT OFF<br />

Verify that the PITOT HEAT switch is in the OFF position.<br />

26. ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE CHECK/CLOSED<br />

CHECK the operation of the ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE by opening<br />

and closing the Alternate Static Source lever. Once the check has been<br />

completed, place the lever in the CLOSED position.<br />

27. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ON<br />

Place the LH (left hand) and RH (right hand) ALTERNATOR SWITCHES in<br />

the ON position.<br />

28. POSITION LIGHTS ON<br />

Place the POSITION LIGHTS switch in the ON position to indicate that<br />

electrical power has been turned on in the aircraft.<br />

29. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH OFF/GUARDED<br />

Verify that the Red HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH (located to the left<br />

side of the Standby Airspeed Indicator) is in the OFF position, and that the<br />

switch is GUARDED and secured with safety wire.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the safety wire is broken, call Fleet Maintenance to replace<br />

the safety wire.<br />

30. ELT ARMED<br />

Ensure that the ELT SWITCH is in the ARMED position. With the switch in<br />

the ON position, an ELT emergency signal will transmit.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 35<br />

31. CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN<br />

Verify that all CIRCUIT BREAKERS are IN by running your hand across the<br />

circuit breaker panel. If a circuit breaker is pulled out and has a tie-wrap<br />

around it, check appropriate equipment for an INOP placard (also noted on<br />

the aircraft clipboard).<br />

NOTE<br />

If a circuit breaker is pulled out and not tie-wrapped, call Fleet<br />

Maintenance. Do not push circuit breaker IN.<br />

32. FLAPS SWITCH UP<br />

Verify that FLAPS SWITCH is in the UP position.<br />

33. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ON<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the ON position.<br />

CAUTION<br />

When switching the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the ON<br />

position, the electrically driven hydraulic gear pump may<br />

activate for 5 to 20 seconds in order to restore the system<br />

pressure. Should the pump continue to operate continuously<br />

or periodically, there is a malfunction in the landing gear<br />

system. Turn the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF and advise<br />

Fleet Maintenance.<br />

34. LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS 3 GREEN<br />

Verify that the 3 GREEN LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS are<br />

illuminated.<br />

35. FUEL QUANTITY SET<br />

Select the Engine soft-key on Garmin 1000, and then select the Fuel softkey<br />

to SET the appropriate amount of fuel. The FUEL QUANTITY<br />

indicated on Garmin 1000 should match the quantity found during visual<br />

inspection.<br />

36. FUEL TRANSFER PUMPS ON/OFF<br />

Place the LH and RH FUEL TRANSFER PUMPS momentarily in the ON<br />

position. If the Main tanks are full, the auxiliary transfer pumps may not<br />

operate. In addition, a caution or advisory will not be displayed on the<br />

PFD.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


36 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

NOTE<br />

If the auxiliary tanks are empty, the auxiliary transfer pumps<br />

may not operate. In addition, Caution messages should be<br />

displayed on the PFD: “Aux tank(s) empty”.<br />

Place the FUEL TRANSFER pump switches in the OFF position.<br />

37. EXTERIOR LIGHTS CHECK/OFF (EXCEPT POSITION LIGHTS)<br />

Turn On the EXTERIOR LIGHTS and visually CHECK that all appropriate<br />

lights appropriate to the flight are operating properly. After checking, turn<br />

the exterior lights OFF except the position lights.<br />

Day: If any lights are inoperative, determine if they are required per<br />

14 CFR Part 91.205, 91.209, and 91.213.<br />

Night: In addition to the exterior lights, CHECK the interior cabin<br />

lighting. To adjust the panel lighting, turn both the flood light and<br />

instrument light rheostat controls, located on left-hand section of the<br />

instrument panel, clockwise to increase light intensity. CHECK the<br />

map lighting located overhead.<br />

NOTE<br />

If flying from daylight into night, lighting required for night<br />

flight operations must be operative.<br />

Be courteous with the use of strobes. Avoid leaving exterior<br />

lights on longer than necessary while checking their operation<br />

to conserve battery life. Ensure required lights are operating in<br />

accordance with 14 CFR Part 91.205, 91.209, and 91.213.<br />

38. PITOT HEAT CHECK/OFF<br />

NOTE<br />

For IFR only.<br />

Depress the PITOT HEAT switch in the On position and CHECK that the<br />

Pitot/Static Mast is warm to the touch within 30 seconds and that STALL<br />

HEAT FAIL is displayed on the PFD. Depress the Pitot Heat switch to the<br />

OFF position.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 37<br />

WARNING<br />

Ground operation of Pitot heat should be limited to a maximum<br />

time of 3 minutes to avoid damaging the Pitot heating unit. If<br />

the Pitot heat has been on more than 30 seconds, DO NOT<br />

TOUCH THE PITOT MAST. Severe burns may occur.<br />

39. STALL HEAT/HORN CHECK<br />

The stall warning vane, mounting plate, and the complete housing are<br />

heated to prevent icing. Heating is selected together with the Pitot tube<br />

heating. CHECK that the STALL HEAT is functioning and lift the Stall<br />

Warning vane (lift detector) to check the operation of the STALL HORN.<br />

40. GEAR WARNING HORN TEST<br />

TEST the landing GEAR WARNING HORN by depressing the GEAR<br />

WARNING test button.<br />

CAUTION<br />

If the aural alert is not heard, terminate flight and contact<br />

maintenance. Unscheduled maintenance is necessary.<br />

41. VARIABLE ELEVATOR STOP CHECK<br />

CHECK the VARIABLE ELEVATOR STOP operation by:<br />

a. Setting the FLAPS switch to the LDG position.<br />

b. Moving the Control stick fully aft and holding it at the backstop<br />

c. Setting the THROTTLE LEVERS to the MAX position (there<br />

should be no movement of the control stick).<br />

d. Setting the FLAPS switch to the approach position (there should<br />

be no movement of the control stick).<br />

e. Setting the FLAPS switch to the UP position (the control stick<br />

should move forward).<br />

f. Setting the THROTTLE LEVERS to the IDLE position (the control<br />

stick should regain full aft movement).<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


38 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

CAUTION<br />

As the handling qualities are degraded significantly during<br />

power-on stalls, the proper function of the Variable Elevator<br />

Stop is indispensable for the safety of flight. If the Variable<br />

Elevator Stop does not function properly, contact Fleet<br />

Maintenance.<br />

42. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

43. FLIGHT CONTROLS FREE/CORRECT<br />

Move the FLIGHT CONTROLS to their maximum travel in all directions<br />

(Box Pattern) to verify they are FREE and CORRECT and are not restricted<br />

in movement. Visually verify that the control surfaces move in the proper<br />

direction.<br />

NOTE<br />

To accomplish a Box Pattern, move the control stick full<br />

forward, then full left, then full aft, then full right, then full<br />

forward, then return to starting position.<br />

44. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM CHECK/SET<br />

CHECK the ELEVATOR TRIM and RUDDER TRIM for proper movement<br />

and SET both trim wheels to the Takeoff/Neutral position.<br />

45. CANOPY CHECK/CLEAN<br />

CHECK the CANOPY for cracks and major scratches. Check the hinges<br />

and the locking mechanism for the canopy. Clean both the interior and<br />

exterior sides of the canopy with <strong>ERAU</strong> approved cleaning solution and<br />

towels. When wiping the windows, use a linear motion parallel to the<br />

direction of airflow. A clean windshield increases visibility and collision<br />

avoidance, thereby enhancing safety. Do not place any items on top of<br />

panel as this can scratch the windshield.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 39<br />

NOTE<br />

Start the exterior inspection at the Left fuselage and proceed in<br />

a counter-clockwise direction. Emphasis and attention should<br />

be placed on all surface conditions including flight control<br />

surfaces and access panel security. Check surface areas<br />

around the aircraft for fluid leakage and foreign object debris<br />

(FOD) damage. A flashlight is required for all preflight<br />

inspections conducted at night.<br />

46. CABIN CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the CABIN CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been<br />

accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


40 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

FUSELAGE – LEFT CHECKLIST<br />

1. REAR CABIN DOOR/WINDOW ............................................. INSPECT<br />

2. STEP ...................................................................................... INSPECT<br />

3. FUSELAGE/CENTER SECTION ............................................ INSPECT<br />

4. AUTOPILOT STATIC PORT ...................................................... CLEAR<br />

5. FUSELAGE SKIN ................................................................... INSPECT<br />

6. ANTENNAS ............................................................................ INSPECT<br />

7. FUSELAGE - LEFT CHECKLIST ........................................ COMPLETE<br />

1. REAR CABIN DOOR/WINDOW INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the REAR CABIN DOOR hinges, and the WINDOW for cracks<br />

and major scratches.<br />

2. STEP INSPECT<br />

Visually INSPECT the step for security and damage.<br />

3. FUSELAGE/CENTER SECTION INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the FUSELAGE and CENTER SECTION for cracks and major<br />

scratches.<br />

4. AUTOPILOT STATIC PORT CLEAR<br />

Check that the AUTOPILOT STATIC PORT is CLEAR of any blockage<br />

(debris, bugs, etc.).<br />

5. FUSELAGE SKIN INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the FUSELAGE SKIN for cracks and damage.<br />

6. ANTENNAS INSPECT<br />

INSPECT all communication, navigation, and ELT ANTENNAS for security<br />

and to ensure that none are damaged.<br />

7. FUSELAGE – LEFT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the FUSELAGE – LEFT CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />

items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 41<br />

EMPENNAGE CHECKLIST<br />

1. CONTROL SURFACES/HINGES .............................................. CHECK<br />

2. ELEVATOR TRIM TAB .............................................................. CHECK<br />

3. RUDDER TRIM TAB ................................................................. CHECK<br />

4. TIE-DOWN .................................................................. REMOVE/STOW<br />

5. TAIL SKID/LOWER FIN .......................................................... INSPECT<br />

6. STATIC DISCHARGERS (3) .................................................. INSPECT<br />

7. EMPENNAGE CHECKLIST ............................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. CONTROL SURFACES/HINGES CHECK<br />

CHECK the CONTROL SURFACES (elevator and rudder) for freedom of<br />

movement and HINGES for security. In addition, CHECK the rudder<br />

cables, actuators, and attachments for security.<br />

2. ELEVATOR TRIM TAB CHECK<br />

CHECK that the ends of the hinges on the ELEVATOR TRIM TAB are<br />

SAFE TIED.<br />

3. RUDDER TRIM TAB CHECK<br />

CHECK that the ends of the hinges on the RUDDER TRIM TAB are safetied.<br />

4. TIE-DOWN REMOVE/STOW<br />

Slowly REMOVE the TIE-DOWN to avoid any structural damage and stow<br />

it in the aft baggage compartment.<br />

5. TAIL SKID/LOWER FIN INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the TAIL SKID/LOWER FIN for any damage. Scrapes on the tail<br />

skid are normal. However, a missing/broken skid plate is not normal. In<br />

addition, inspect for rudder damage due to previous tail scrapes.<br />

6. STATIC DISCHARGERS (3) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the condition and security of the STATIC DISCHARGERS (3) on<br />

the rudder and elevator.<br />

7. EMPENNAGE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the EMPENNAGE CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />

have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


42 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

FUSELAGE – RIGHT CHECKLIST<br />

1. FUSELAGE SKIN ................................................................... INSPECT<br />

2. AUTOPILOT STATIC PORT ...................................................... CLEAR<br />

3. REAR WINDOW ........................................................ INSPECT/CLEAN<br />

4. STEP ...................................................................................... INSPECT<br />

5. CANOPY, RIGHT SIDE .......................................................... INSPECT<br />

6. FUSELAGE - RIGHT CHECKLIST ..................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. FUSELAGE SKIN INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the FUSELAGE SKIN for cracks and damage.<br />

2. AUTOPILOT STATIC PORT CLEAR<br />

Check that the AUTOPILOT STATIC PORT is CLEAR of any blockage<br />

(debris, bugs, etc.).<br />

3. REAR WINDOW INSPECT/CLEAN<br />

INSPECT the REAR WINDOW for cracks and major scratches. Ensure<br />

that the window is clean for collision avoidance.<br />

4. STEP INSPECT<br />

Visually INSPECT the STEP for security and damage.<br />

5. CANOPY, RIGHT SIDE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the CANOPY on the RIGHT SIDE of the airplane for cracks and<br />

major scratches.<br />

6. FUSELAGE – RIGHT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the FUSELAGE – RIGHT CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />

items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 43<br />

RIGHT WING CHECKLIST<br />

1. LANDING GEAR STRUT ....................................................... INSPECT<br />

2. GEAR LIMIT/SQUAT SWITCHES (3) ..................................... INSPECT<br />

3. TIRE/WHEEL/BRAKE ............................................................ INSPECT<br />

4. BRAKE LINE .......................................................................... INSPECT<br />

5. CHOCKS ................................................................................ REMOVE<br />

6. LANDING GEAR DOOR ......................................................... INSPECT<br />

7. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN .................................. INSPECT<br />

8. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET ....................... INSPECT<br />

9. FLAPS/LINKAGE ................................................................... INSPECT<br />

10. FLAPS HINGES/SAFETY PINS (10) ...................................... INSPECT<br />

11. ENGINE NACELLE ................................................................ INSPECT<br />

12. ENGINE NACELLE AIR OUTLET .......................................... INSPECT<br />

13. AILERON/LINKAGE ............................................................... INSPECT<br />

14. AILERON HINGES/SAFETY PINS (4) .................................... INSPECT<br />

15. AILERON PADDLE ................................................................ INSPECT<br />

16. STATIC DISCHARGERS (2) .................................................. INSPECT<br />

17. WING TIP ............................................................................... INSPECT<br />

18. POSITION/STROBE LIGHTS ................................................. INSPECT<br />

19. TIE-DOWN .................................................................. REMOVE/STOW<br />

20. FUEL TANK FILLER ............................................................... CLOSED<br />

21. WING SURFACE ................................................................... INSPECT<br />

22. FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN ..................................................... INSPECT<br />

23. FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET ........................................... INSPECT<br />

24. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK FILLER ............................ CLOSED/LOCKED<br />

25. AIR INLETS (4) ...................................................................... INSPECT<br />

26. ENGINE OIL DOOR ................................................................ CLOSED<br />

27. COWLING .............................................................................. INSPECT<br />

28. VENTING PIPE (OIL BREATHER) ......................................... INSPECT<br />

29. EXHAUST .............................................................................. INSPECT<br />

30. PROPELLER/SPINNER ......................................................... INSPECT<br />

31. CABIN AIR VENT ................................................................... INSPECT<br />

32. RIGHT WING CHECKLIST ................................................ COMPLETE<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


44 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

1. LANDING GEAR STRUT INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the LANDING GEAR STRUT for sufficient height (visible length<br />

of bare piston: at least 4 cm/1.6 inches). Inspect the main gear retraction<br />

mechanism for any obstruction(s).<br />

2. GEAR LIMIT/SQUAT SWITCHES (3) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the DOWN (1) and UP (1) LIMIT SWITCHES, and the SQUAT<br />

(1) SWITCH for broken or frayed wires.<br />

NOTE<br />

The Squat switch has a protective cover.<br />

3. TIRE/WHEEL/BRAKE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the tire for any visible cord or flat spots from skidding. Check for<br />

proper tire inflation. Ensure that the tire wheel is secured. INSPECT the<br />

WHEEL/BRAKE assembly for damage, cracks, hydraulic fluid, brake pad<br />

wear, and the condition of the brake rotor.<br />

4. BRAKE LINE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the condition of the BRAKE LINE. Check for any fluid leakage.<br />

5. CHOCKS REMOVE<br />

REMOVE the CHOCKS and place over the chain’s ramp securing point to<br />

keep them away from the landing gear and propeller.<br />

6. LANDING GEAR DOOR INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the LANDING GEAR DOOR connecting rod for security and<br />

damage.<br />

7. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN INSPECT<br />

INSPECT for any obstruction on the AUXILIARY FUEL TANK VENT and<br />

DRAIN.<br />

8. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the AUXILIARY FUEL TANK AIR INLET and OUTLET to ensure<br />

that each is clear of any foreign objects.<br />

9. FLAPS/LINKAGE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the condition of the FLAP and LINKAGE, and the actuators (1 on<br />

the inboard flap, 1 on the outboard flap).<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 45<br />

10. FLAPS HINGES/SAFETY PINS (10) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the FLAPS HINGES and SAFETY PINS (10). The safety pins<br />

prevent the hinge from working out of the hinge bracket.<br />

11. ENGINE NACELLE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the ENGINE NACELLE for leaks, cracks or damage. Check that<br />

the air outlets are clear and have no obstructions.<br />

12. ENGINE NACELLE AIR OUTLET INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the ENGINE NACELLE AIR OUTLET to ensure that the area is<br />

clear of any obstructions.<br />

13. AILERON/LINKAGE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the condition of the AILERON and LINKAGE, and the actuators.<br />

14. AILERON HINGES/SAFETY PINS (4) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the AILERON HINGES and SAFETY PINS (4). The safety pins<br />

prevent the hinge from working out of the hinge bracket.<br />

15. AILERON PADDLE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the AILERON PADDLE for presence of foreign objects or debris.<br />

16. STATIC DISCHARGERS (2) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the condition and security of the STATIC DISCHARGERS (2) on<br />

the winglet.<br />

17. WING TIP INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the WING TIP for cracks and damage.<br />

18. POSITION/STROBE LIGHTS INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the condition of the POSITION and STROBE LIGHTS.<br />

19. TIE-DOWN REMOVE/STOW<br />

Slowly REMOVE the TIE-DOWN to avoid any structural damage and stow<br />

it in the aircraft baggage compartment.<br />

20. FUEL TANK FILLER CLOSED<br />

Verify that the TANK FILLER is CLOSED.<br />

21. WING SURFACE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the entire WING SURFACE for damage.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


46 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

22. FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the TANK VENT and DRAIN for any obstruction.<br />

23. FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the FUEL TANK AIR INLET and OUTLET to ensure that the<br />

areas are clear of any obstruction.<br />

24. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK FILLER CLOSED/LOCKED<br />

Verify that the AUXILIARY FUEL TANK FILLER access door is CLOSED<br />

and LOCKED.<br />

25. AIR INLETS (4) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT all AIR INLETS (4 total: 2 large cooling inlets on the top cowling,<br />

1 inlet on the front of the bottom cowling, and 1 inlet on the right side of the<br />

bottom cowling) to ensure that they are CLEAR of any obstructions.<br />

26. ENGINE OIL DOOR CLOSED<br />

Check that the ENGINE OIL DOOR is properly CLOSED.<br />

27. COWLING INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the engine COWLING for security and that it is fastened with all<br />

of its attaching screws. There should be no deformation or damage to the<br />

surface of the cowling. Check around and under the cowl for excessive<br />

fluid/oil leaks.<br />

28. VENTING PIPE (OIL BREATHER) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the VENTING PIPE (Oil Breather) for any damage or obstruction.<br />

29. EXHAUST INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the EXHAUST stack to ensure that it is secure and free of<br />

cracks. Verify that inside the exhaust stack is clear of any foreign objects.<br />

WARNING<br />

The exhaust can cause burns when hot.<br />

30. PROPELLER/SPINNER INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the PROPELLER for nicks, cracks, and that each blade is<br />

secure. The SPINNER should be free of cracks and securely fastened with<br />

all of its attaching screws.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 47<br />

31. CABIN AIR VENT INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the CABIN AIR VENT for any obstructions.<br />

32. RIGHT WING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the RIGHT WING CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />

have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


48 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

FRONT FUSELAGE CHECKLIST<br />

1. RH BAGGAGE DOOR ............................................. CLOSED/LOCKED<br />

2. LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS ......................................................... INSPECT<br />

3. EPU CONNECTOR ................................................................ INSPECT<br />

4. NOSE LANDING GEAR STRUT ............................................. INSPECT<br />

5. GEAR LIMIT/FULL PRESSURE SWITCHES (4) .................... INSPECT<br />

6. TIRE/WHEEL .......................................................................... INSPECT<br />

7. GEAR DOOR/LINKAGE ......................................................... INSPECT<br />

8. BATTERY DRAIN ................................................................... INSPECT<br />

9. OAT SENSOR ........................................................................ INSPECT<br />

10. LH BAGGAGE DOOR ............................................. CLOSED/LOCKED<br />

11. FRONT FUSELAGE CHECKLIST ...................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. RH BAGGAGE DOOR CLOSED/LOCKED<br />

Verify that any installed ballast(s) is/are secured. Ensure that the RH Nose<br />

BAGGAGE DOOR is CLOSED (flush with the fuselage) and LOCKED.<br />

NOTE<br />

As standard configuration for all <strong>ERAU</strong> <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> aircraft, two<br />

cylindrical ballast (22.4 lbs. total) are installed. Ensure that the<br />

total weight is included in weight and balance calculations.<br />

This ballast may be removed if necessary for weight (over<br />

weight) and/or balance (beyond CG limits) reasons.<br />

2. LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the condition of the LANDING and the TAXI LIGHTS.<br />

3. EPU CONNECTOR INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the EPU (External Power Unit) CONNECTOR (located on the<br />

underside of the nose cone) and ensure that it is clear and has no damage.<br />

4. NOSE LANDING GEAR STRUT INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the NOSE LANDING GEAR STRUT for sufficient height (visible<br />

length of bare piston should be at least 15 cm/5.9 inches).<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 49<br />

5. GEAR LIMIT/FULL PRESSURE SWITCHES (4) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the GEAR LIMIT (2 Down, 1 Up) and FULL PRESSURE (1)<br />

SWITCHES for broken or frayed wires.<br />

6. TIRE/WHEEL INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the tire for any visible cord or flat spots from skidding. Check for<br />

proper tire inflation. Ensure that the tire wheel is secured.<br />

7. GEAR DOOR/LINKAGE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the GEAR DOOR and connecting LINKAGE for any damage.<br />

8. BATTERY DRAIN INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the BATTERY DRAIN for security and obstructions.<br />

9. OAT SENSOR INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the OAT (Outside Air Temperature) SENSOR (located behind<br />

the nose gear) for security and damage.<br />

10. LH BAGGAGE DOOR CLOSED/LOCKED<br />

Verify that any installed ballast(s) is/are secured. Ensure that the LH Nose<br />

BAGGAGE DOOR is CLOSED (flush with the fuselage) and LOCKED.<br />

11. FRONT FUSELAGE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the FRONT FUSELAGE CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />

items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


50 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

LEFT WING CHECKLIST<br />

1. LANDING GEAR STRUT ........................................................ INSPECT<br />

2. GEAR LIMIT/SQUAT SWITCHES .......................................... INSPECT<br />

3. TIRE/WHEEL/BRAKE ............................................................. INSPECT<br />

4. BRAKE LINE .......................................................................... INSPECT<br />

5. CHOCKS ................................................................................ REMOVE<br />

6. LANDING GEAR DOOR ......................................................... INSPECT<br />

7. ENGINE OIL DOOR ................................................................ CLOSED<br />

8. PROPELLER/SPINNER ......................................................... INSPECT<br />

9. AIR INLETS (4) ....................................................................... INSPECT<br />

10. COWLING .............................................................................. INSPECT<br />

11. VENTING PIPE (OIL BREATHER) ......................................... INSPECT<br />

12. EXHAUST .............................................................................. INSPECT<br />

13. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK FILLER ............................ CLOSED/LOCKED<br />

14. WING SURFACE .................................................................... INSPECT<br />

15. STALL WARN DEVICE ............................................................. CHECK<br />

16. FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET ........................................... INSPECT<br />

17. FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN ..................................................... INSPECT<br />

18. FUEL TANK FILLER ................................................................ CLOSED<br />

19. PITOT/STATIC MAST ............................................................ INSPECT<br />

20. TIE-DOWN ................................................................. REMOVE/STOW<br />

21. WING TIP ............................................................................... INSPECT<br />

22. POSITION/STROBE LIGHTS ................................................. INSPECT<br />

23. STATIC DISCHARGERS (2) .................................................. INSPECT<br />

24. AILERON PADDLE ................................................................ INSPECT<br />

25. AILERON/LINKAGE ............................................................... INSPECT<br />

26. AILERON HINGES/SAFETY PINS (4) .................................... INSPECT<br />

27. FLAPS/LINKAGE .................................................................... INSPECT<br />

28. FLAPS HINGES/SAFETY PINS (10) ...................................... INSPECT<br />

29. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN .................................. INSPECT<br />

30. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET ....................... INSPECT<br />

31. ENGINE NACELLE ................................................................ INSPECT<br />

32. ENGINE NACELLE AIR OUTLET ........................................... INSPECT<br />

33. 360° WALK-AROUND ........................................................ COMPLETE<br />

34. LEFT WING CHECKLIST ................................................... COMPLETE<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 51<br />

1. LANDING GEAR STRUT INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the LANDING GEAR STRUT for sufficient height (visible length<br />

of bare piston should be at least 4 cm/1.6 inches). INSPECT the main gear<br />

retraction mechanism for any obstruction(s).<br />

2. GEAR LIMIT/SQUAT SWITCHES (3) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the GEAR LIMIT (1 Down, 1 Up) and the SQUAT (1) SWITCHES<br />

for broken or frayed wires.<br />

NOTE<br />

The Squat switch has a protective cover.<br />

3. TIRE/ WHEEL/BRAKE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the tire for any visible cord or flat spots from skidding. Check for<br />

proper tire inflation. Ensure that the tire wheel is secured. INSPECT the<br />

WHEEL/BRAKE assembly for damage, cracks, hydraulic fluid, brake pad<br />

wear, and the condition of the brake rotor.<br />

4. BRAKE LINE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the condition of the BRAKE LINE. Check for any fluid leakage.<br />

5. CHOCKS REMOVE<br />

REMOVE the CHOCKS and place over the chain’s ramp securing point to<br />

keep them away from the landing gear and propeller.<br />

6. LANDING GEAR DOOR INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the connecting rod of the LANDING GEAR DOOR for security<br />

and damage.<br />

7. ENGINE OIL DOOR CLOSED<br />

Check that the ENGINE OIL DOOR is properly CLOSED.<br />

8. PROPELLER/SPINNER INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the PROPELLER for nicks, cracks, and that each blade is<br />

secured. The SPINNER should be free of cracks and securely fastened<br />

with all of its attaching screws.<br />

9. AIR INLETS (4) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT all AIR INLETS (4 total: 2 large cooling inlets on the top cowling,<br />

1 inlet on the front of the bottom cowling, and 1 inlet on the right side of the<br />

bottom cowling) to ensure that they are CLEAR of any obstructions.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


52 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

10. COWLING INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the engine COWLING for security and that it is fastened with all<br />

of its attaching screws. There should be no deformation or damage to the<br />

surface of the cowling. Inspect around and under the cowl for excessive<br />

fluid/oil leaks.<br />

11. VENTING PIPE (OIL BREATHER) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the VENTING PIPE (Oil Breather) for any damage or obstruction.<br />

12. EXHAUST INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the EXHAUST stack to ensure that it is secured and free of<br />

cracks. Verify that the exhaust stack is clear of any foreign objects.<br />

WARNING<br />

The exhaust can cause burns when hot.<br />

13. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK FILLER CLOSED/LOCKED<br />

Verify that the AUXILIARY FUEL TANK FILLER access door is CLOSED<br />

and LOCKED.<br />

14. WING SURFACE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the entire WING SURFACE for damage.<br />

15. STALL WARN DEVICE CHECK<br />

CHECK the STALL WARN DEVICE for freedom of movement. Listen for<br />

micro-switch contact.<br />

16. FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the TANK AIR INLET and OUTLET to ensure that they are clear<br />

of any obstruction.<br />

17. FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the TANK VENT and DRAIN for any obstructions.<br />

18. FUEL TANK FILLER CLOSED<br />

Verify that the TANK FILLER is CLOSED.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 53<br />

19. PITOT/STATIC MAST INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the PITOT/STATIC MAST mounting and verify that the ram air<br />

intake and the drain hole are free of obstructions, and that the static port<br />

(located on the bottom of the mast) is clear.<br />

20. TIE-DOWN REMOVE/STOW<br />

Slowly REMOVE the TIE-DOWN to avoid any structural damage and<br />

STOW it on the aircraft baggage compartment.<br />

21. WING TIP INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the WING TIP for cracks and damage.<br />

22. POSITION/STROBE LIGHT INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the condition of the POSITION and STROBE LIGHTS.<br />

23. STATIC DISCHARGERS (2) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the condition and security of the STATIC DISCHARGERS (2) on<br />

the winglet.<br />

24. AILERON PADDLE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT for foreign objects in AILERON PADDLE.<br />

25. AILERON/LINKAGE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the condition of the AILERON and LINKAGE, and the actuators.<br />

26. AILERON HINGE/SAFETY PINS (4) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the AILERON HINGES and SAFETY PINS (4). The safety pins<br />

prevent the hinge from working out of the hinge bracket.<br />

27. FLAPS/LINKAGE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the condition of the FLAPS and LINKAGE and the actuators (1<br />

on the inboard flap, 1 on the outboard flap).<br />

28. FLAPS HINGES/SAFETY PINS (10) INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the FLAPS HINGES and SAFETY PINS (10). The safety pins<br />

prevent the hinge from working out of the hinge bracket.<br />

29. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the AUXILIARY FUEL TANK VENT and DRAIN for any<br />

obstructions.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


54 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

30. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the AUXILIARY FUEL TANK AIR INLET and OUTLET to ensure<br />

that each is clear of any foreign objects.<br />

31. ENGINE NACELLE INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the ENGINE NACELLE underside for leaks, cracks or damage.<br />

INSPECT the air outlets for any obstructions.<br />

32. ENGINE NACELLE AIR OUTLET INSPECT<br />

INSPECT the ENGINE NACELLE AIR OUTLET to ensure that it is clear of<br />

any obstructions.<br />

33. 360° WALK-AROUND COMPLETE<br />

COMPLETE a 360° WALK-AROUND inspection of the airplane in the<br />

opposite direction (clockwise) of the Pre-Flight Flow to ensure that no items<br />

(tie downs, fuel caps, chocks, etc.) were missed.<br />

34. LEFT WING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the LEFT WING CHECKLIST, verify that all items have<br />

been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 55<br />

RAMP OUT CHECKLIST<br />

1. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ......................................................... ON<br />

2. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ......................................................... ON<br />

3. CLEARANCE ........................................................................... OBTAIN<br />

4. FLIGHT DATA (Eagle Data) ................................................ RAMP OUT<br />

5. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

6. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

7. RAMP OUT CHECKLIST ................................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ON<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the ON position.<br />

2. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ON<br />

Depress the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH to the ON position.<br />

NOTE<br />

COM 1 may be used from the pilot side using the headset<br />

without powering the avionics bus. The Speakers and Audio<br />

Panel will be OFF.<br />

3. CLEARANCE OBTAIN<br />

Monitor and record ATIS. Then, contact KDAB Clearance Delivery to<br />

OBTAIN a VFR or IFR departure CLEARANCE. Verify that the clearance<br />

contains all the required items and will not cause you to deviate from any<br />

FAA regulation, <strong>ERAU</strong> policy, or put the aircraft in jeopardy.<br />

4. FLIGHT DATA (Eagle Data) RAMP OUT<br />

Contact <strong>ERAU</strong> FLIGHT DATA (Eagle Data) on 122.825 MHz to RAMP<br />

OUT. Provide the aircraft’s Hobbs and Tach time only if a discrepancy<br />

exists between the aircraft’s current reading and the last clipboard entry.<br />

Copy and read back the due-back time.<br />

5. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

6. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

7. RAMP OUT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the RAMP OUT CHECKLIST, verify that all items have<br />

been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


56 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

Section 2:<br />

NORMAL PROCEDURES<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP lvii<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


58 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

BEFORE START FLOW<br />

5<br />

4<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To configure the aircraft in preparation for engine start.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 59<br />

BEFORE START CHECKLIST<br />

1. PASSENGER/CREW BRIEFING ....................................... COMPLETE<br />

2. AIRPORT DIAGRAM ............................................REVIEW/AVAILABLE<br />

3. REAR DOOR ........................................................ CLOSED/LATCHED<br />

4. RUDDER PEDALS ...................................... ADJUSTED AND LOCKED<br />

5. FRONT CANOPY ..................................................... POSITION 1 OR 2<br />

6. SEATBELTS .................................................................................... ON<br />

7. FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES ...................................................... OFF<br />

8. ELEVATOR TRIM ........................................................................... SET<br />

9. FUEL SELECTORS. ........................................................................ ON<br />

10. RUDDER TRIM ............................................................................... SET<br />

11. ALTERNATE AIR ........................................................................... OFF<br />

12. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

13. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ...................................... FULL FORWARD<br />

14. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />

15. PARKING BRAKE ........................................................................... SET<br />

16. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE ........................... PUSHED IN<br />

17. GEAR SELECTOR .................................................................... DOWN<br />

18. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ...................................................... OFF<br />

19. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ...................................................... OFF<br />

20. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />

21. FUEL PUMPS ................................................................................ OFF<br />

22. PITOT HEAT .................................................................................. OFF<br />

23. ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE ............................................. CLOSED<br />

24. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ............................................................. ON<br />

25. FLOOD/INSTRUMENTS LIGHT .................................... AS REQUIRED<br />

26. STROBE LIGHTS ............................................................................. ON<br />

27. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH .............................. OFF/GUARDED<br />

28. ELT ........................................................................................... ARMED<br />

29. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........................................................... CHECK IN<br />

30. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />

31. BEFORE START CHECKLIST ........................................... COMPLETE<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


60 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

1. PASSENGER/CREW BRIEFING COMPLETE<br />

COMPLETE the PASSENGER and CREW BRIEFING as appropriate:<br />

PASSENGER BRIEFING<br />

Seatbelts (Operation)<br />

Air Vents<br />

(Location/Operation)<br />

Fire Extinguisher<br />

(Location/Operation)<br />

Exit Use<br />

(Location/Operation)<br />

Survival Kit (Location)<br />

Traffic Watch (Clock<br />

Reference/Notification)<br />

CREW BRIEFING<br />

ATIS/ AWOS/ FSS<br />

Runway(s) in use<br />

Expected Taxi Route<br />

Takeoff/Accelerate Stop Distance<br />

Crosswind Component<br />

Single Engine ROC/ Ceiling<br />

Departure Clearance (Route,<br />

Altitude, Frequency, Squawk)<br />

V A<br />

Who is P-I-C<br />

Positive Exchange of Flight Controls<br />

(Aural and Visual check)<br />

Sterile Cockpit<br />

Safe Attitude<br />

2. AIRPORT DIAGRAM REVIEW/AVAILABLE<br />

REVIEW the AIRPORT DIAGRAM of the runways, taxiways, and where<br />

you are located on the airport. Verify that you are able to comply with all<br />

taxi clearances received from ATC. At non-towered airports, determine the<br />

best taxi route to the departure runway considering wind conditions and<br />

local traffic. Keep the airport diagram AVAILABLE for reference throughout<br />

the taxi.<br />

3. REAR DOOR CLOSED AND LATCHED<br />

Visually check that the REAR DOOR is CLOSED AND LATCHED. DO<br />

NOT use the key to lock the door from the outside.<br />

4. RUDDER PEDALS ADJUSTED AND LOCKED<br />

Verify that the RUDDER PEDALS are ADJUSTED by pulling on the lever<br />

and pushing or pulling on the pedals as necessary to the desired position.<br />

Make sure the pedals are LOCKED into position (a definite click sound<br />

should be heard).<br />

NOTE<br />

When adjusting the rudder pedals, the cables should be pulled<br />

straight out. Avoid lifting the cables in an upward motion to<br />

protect from fraying.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 61<br />

5. FRONT CANOPY POSITION 1 OR 2<br />

Place the FRONT CANOPY in POSITION 1 (closed) or 2 (cooling gap).<br />

CAUTION<br />

CAUTION<br />

When operating the door, pilots/operators must ensure that<br />

there are no obstructions between the canopy and the mating<br />

frame (e.g. seat belts, clothing, etc.). When operating the<br />

locking handle DO NOT apply undue force.<br />

6. SEATBELTS ON<br />

Ensure that passenger SEATBELTS are ON and adjusted (per 14 CFR<br />

Part 91.107).<br />

7. FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES OFF<br />

Verify that both FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES are in the OFF position.<br />

8. ELEVATOR TRIM SET<br />

SET the ELEVATOR TRIM to the Takeoff position.<br />

9. FUEL SELECTORS ON<br />

Verify that both FUEL SELECTORS are in the ON position.<br />

10. RUDDER TRIM SET<br />

SET the RUDDER TRIM to the neutral position.<br />

11. ALTERNATE AIR OFF<br />

Verify that the ALTERNATE AIR is OFF (CLOSED) by pushing the<br />

ALTERNATE AIR handle forward (pushed in).<br />

12. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF (full aft)<br />

position.<br />

13. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />

Verify that the PROPELLER RPM LEVERS are in the FULL FORWARD<br />

position.<br />

14. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />

Verify that both THROTTLE LEVERS are in the IDLE (full aft) position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


62 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

15. PARKING BRAKE SET<br />

SET the PARKING BRAKE by applying pressure to the top part of the<br />

rudder pedals while moving the parking brake lever down or by setting the<br />

lever to the ON position and then depress the brake pedals multiple times<br />

to build the pressure.<br />

WARNING<br />

The parking brake should not be relied on solely to keep the<br />

aircraft stationary. Apply and maintain brake pressure<br />

continually throughout the engine starting procedures.<br />

16. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE PUSHED IN<br />

Verify that the MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE is PUSHED IN.<br />

17. GEAR SELECTOR DOWN<br />

Verify that the landing GEAR SELECTOR is in the DOWN position.<br />

18. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Verify that the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH is in the OFF position.<br />

NOTE<br />

To prevent any inadvertent keying of the hand-held microphone<br />

(if installed), ensure that the microphone is unplugged from its<br />

jack.<br />

19. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Verify that the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH is in the OFF position.<br />

20. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />

Verify that the IGNITION SWITCHES are in the OFF position.<br />

21. FUEL PUMPS OFF<br />

Verify that the FUEL PUMPS are in the OFF position.<br />

22. PITOT-HEAT OFF<br />

Verify that the PITOT-HEAT switch is in the OFF position.<br />

23. ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE CLOSED<br />

Verify that the ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE valve is in the CLOSED<br />

position (lever parallel to the dashboard).<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 63<br />

24. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ON<br />

Ensure both ALTERNATOR SWITCHES are in the ON position.<br />

25. FLOOD/INSTRUMENTS LIGHTS AS REQUIRED<br />

Set the FLOOD AND INSTRUMENTS LIGHTS AS REQUIRED for flight.<br />

For day operations, ensure that the lights rheostat switches are off. For<br />

night operations, ensure that the lights rheostat switches are on and that<br />

the light levels are adjusted as appropriate.<br />

26. STROBE LIGHTS ON<br />

Depress the STROBE LIGHTS switch to the ON position. When the<br />

ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH is in the ON position, the STROBES will<br />

alert anyone in the vicinity of the aircraft of an impending engine start. The<br />

POSITION LIGHT switch should remain in the ON position.<br />

27. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH OFF/GUARDED<br />

Verify that the HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH is in the OFF position<br />

and GUARDED (safe-tied). If the safety seal is broken, the emergency<br />

battery should be replaced and the switch should be guarded and sealed<br />

for IFR flight. Do not fly with this seal broken.<br />

28. ELT ARMED<br />

Verify that the ELT switch is in the ARMED position.<br />

29. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK IN<br />

Verify that all CIRCUIT BREAKERS are IN by running your hand across the<br />

circuit breaker panel. If a circuit breaker is out and has a tie-wrap around it,<br />

check for appropriate equipment INOP placard and note on the clipboard.<br />

If a circuit breaker is out and not tie-wrapped, call Fleet Maintenance. Do<br />

not push the circuit breaker in.<br />

30. FLAPS UP<br />

Verify that the FLAPS switch is in the UP position and confirm the FLAPS<br />

position visually.<br />

31. BEFORE START CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the BEFORE START CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />

have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


64 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ENGINE START FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To safely and efficiently start the engines.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 65<br />

ENGINE START CHECKLIST<br />

1. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ......................................................... ON<br />

2. CO ALERT ................................................................................ CHECK<br />

3. G1000 .................................................... POWERED/ACKNOWLEDGE<br />

4. FRONT CANOPY ..................................... CLOSED/CHECK WARNING<br />

5. PRIMING ............................................................................ COMPLETE<br />

6. PROPELLER AREA ................................................................... CLEAR<br />

7. IGNITION SWITCH ................................................................... START<br />

8. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ............................................. FULL RICH<br />

9. THROTTLE LEVER ............................................................... 1000 RPM<br />

10. OIL PRESSURE ....................................................................... CHECK<br />

11. AMMETER ................................................................................ CHECK<br />

12. 1ANNUNCIATORS .................................................................... CHECK<br />

13. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................................... CHECK<br />

14. MIXTURE ..................................................................................... LEAN<br />

Repeat steps 1 through 13 to start the right engine.<br />

15. ENGINE START CHECKLIST ............................................ COMPLETE<br />

1. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ON<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the ON position to power the<br />

appropriate buses.<br />

CAUTION<br />

CAUTION<br />

When switching the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ON, the<br />

electrically driven hydraulic gear pump may activate itself for 5<br />

to 20 seconds in order to restore the system pressure. Should<br />

the pump continue to operate continuously or periodically,<br />

terminate flight preparation, there is a malfunction in the<br />

landing gear system.<br />

2. CO ALERT CHECK<br />

CHECK the CO ALERT caution (2 flashes). The system can also be tested<br />

by depressing the CO ALERT Annunciator.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


66 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

3. G1000 POWERED/ACKNOWLEDGE<br />

Verify that the G1000 screens are POWERED and check that the proper<br />

Cautions/Warnings are displayed on the PFD. Press ENT on the MFD to<br />

ACKNOWLEDGE.<br />

NOTE<br />

The engine instruments are only available on the MFD after the<br />

ENT key is pressed on the MFD.<br />

4. FRONT CANOPY CLOSED/CHECK WARNING<br />

The FRONT CANOPY should be CLOSED by setting it to position one and<br />

ensuring the Door Open warning on PFD is not displayed. If a warning is<br />

displayed, perform the Shutdown Checklist and investigate the cause.<br />

5. PRIMING COMPLETE<br />

Complete the appropriate Engine Priming Procedure (see page 18).<br />

NOTE<br />

Although the left engine is typically started first, the right (RH)<br />

engine may be started first for operational reasons.<br />

6. PROPELLER AREA CLEAR<br />

Visually check that the PROPELLER AREA and all quadrants around the<br />

aircraft is CLEAR from personnel or obstructions (i.e. chocks, tie-downs,<br />

etc.) and callout, “Clear Prop.” Allow time for any response prior to starting<br />

the engine.<br />

NOTE<br />

Headsets must not be worn until after both engines have been<br />

started to ensure hearing any response from the callout, or to<br />

immediately hear any abnormal sound after engine start (i.e.,<br />

starter failing to disengage, cylinder misfire, etc.).<br />

If an adjacent aircraft is being fueled, wait until the fueling<br />

process is complete before starting the engine.<br />

7. IGNITION SWITCH START<br />

With the prop area remaining clear, no response from the callout, and the<br />

throttle positioned appropriately and held, turn the IGNITION SWITCH to<br />

START to engage the starter.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 67<br />

To start the left engine, turn the left IGNITION SWITCH; to start the right<br />

engine, turn the right IGNITION SWITCH. Release the IGNITION SWITCH<br />

when the engine begins to run. Do not engage the IGNITION SWITCH<br />

while the engine is running.<br />

CAUTION<br />

Do not overheat the starter motor. Do not operate the starter<br />

motor for more than 10 seconds at a time. After operating the<br />

starter motor, let it cool for 20 seconds. After 6 attempts to<br />

start the engine, allow the starter to cool for 30 minutes.<br />

8. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER FULL RICH<br />

When the engine fires, move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER smoothly to<br />

FULL RICH.<br />

9. THROTTLE LEVER 1000 RPM<br />

After the engine has started, adjust the THROTTLE LEVER to set 1000<br />

RPM.<br />

10. OIL PRESSURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the oil pressure to read on the green sector within 15 seconds of<br />

engine start.<br />

WARNING<br />

If the oil pressure has not moved into the green sector within 15<br />

seconds after starting, shutdown the engine and investigate<br />

problem.<br />

11. AMMETER CHECK<br />

After the other engine is started, verify that the AMMETER indicates a<br />

normal load.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


68 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

CAUTION<br />

If the starter relay remains engaged after releasing the ignition<br />

key, an excessive high load will be indicated and “L/R<br />

STARTER” Warning message will be displayed on the PFD. In<br />

this event, immediately shut down the engine and contact the<br />

Fleet Maintenance department.<br />

12. ANNUNCIATORS CHECK<br />

CHECK that there are no ANNUNCIATORS displayed on the G1000 PFD.<br />

13. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK<br />

CHECK that all the CIRCUIT BREAKERS are pushed in.<br />

14. MIXTURE LEAN<br />

To LEAN the MIXTURE, adjust the Throttle Lever to set 1200 RPM, and<br />

move the Mixture Control Lever aft to obtain the peak RPM. Once the<br />

MIXTURE is leaned, adjust the Throttle Lever to set 1000 RPM.<br />

Repeat steps 1 through 13 to start right engine.<br />

15. ENGINE START CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ENGINE START CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />

have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 69<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


70 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

BEFORE TAXI FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To configure systems and radios prior to taxiing.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 71<br />

BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST<br />

Accomplish prior to commencing taxi.<br />

1. FUEL SELECTORS (LH/RH) ...........................................CROSSFEED<br />

2. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ......................................................... ON<br />

3. PITOT HEAT ................................................................................ TEST<br />

4. PFD/MFD ........................................................................................ SET<br />

5. STANDBY INSTRUMENTS .......................................... CHECKED/SET<br />

6. AUTOPILOT / ELECTRIC TRIM ................................................... TEST<br />

7. FUEL SELECTORS (LH/RH) ........................................................... ON<br />

8. PARKING BRAKE ................................................................. RELEASE<br />

9. BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST ............................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. FUEL SELECTORS (LH/RH) CROSSFEED<br />

Depress the Fuel Pump switches to the ON position and place both FUEL<br />

SELECTORS (LH/RH) in the CROSSFEED position for 30 seconds.<br />

Monitor the engines for any abnormal indications.<br />

WARNING<br />

When the Fuel Selector is moved from ON to CROSSFEED, or<br />

from CROSSFEED to ON, the corresponding Fuel Pump must<br />

be turned on.<br />

Other than for testing of the Crossfeed operation, the operation<br />

of both engines with both fuel selectors in the CROSSFEED<br />

position is prohibited.<br />

2. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ON<br />

Depress the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH to the ON position to power the<br />

AVIONICS bus.<br />

3. PITOT HEAT TEST<br />

Test the proper function of the Pitot Heat system by turning the PITOT<br />

HEAT switch to ON and verifying a proper indication on the PFD.<br />

NOTE<br />

The stall warning switch gets slightly warmer on ground only<br />

and STALL HT FAIL is indicated on the PFD.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


72 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

1. PFD/MFD SET<br />

On the PFD, verify that the clock is operating and indicating the current<br />

time, and that the adjustable flight instruments are SET to current and<br />

available information (as per 14 CFR Part 91.205). All instrument<br />

indications on the PFD should be visible in approximately 1 minute.<br />

IFR CONSIDERATIONS<br />

For IFR flight, the primary and standby flight instruments must be<br />

checked and within acceptable limits before taxi. The gyroscopic<br />

instruments, magnetic compass, turn rate indicator, and slip/skid<br />

indicator should be checked while turning in both directions during<br />

taxi after leaving the ramp.<br />

Primary Instruments<br />

- The Attitude Indicator should indicate the aircraft’s current pitch<br />

and bank attitude. No Red-X’s should be visible.<br />

- The Airspeed Indicator should indicate zero. No Red-X’s should<br />

be visible.<br />

- The Horizontal Situation Indicator should be indicating known<br />

headings with no Red-X over the heading reference.<br />

- The Altimeter should be within ±75 feet of known elevation when<br />

set to the local altimeter setting (elevations are shown on airport<br />

diagrams). No Red-X’s should be visible.<br />

- The Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) should indicate zero, or if an<br />

error is noted, note the error and use as the zero reference point.<br />

No Red-X’s should be visible.<br />

- Use the altitude bug to set the departure clearance altitude in the<br />

Altitude Reference Box. The bug acts as a visual reference to<br />

indicate the desired altitude is approaching.<br />

AVIONICS:<br />

- Communication Radios: Ensure both Comm radios are operating<br />

(transmitting and receiving) properly by alternating their uses with<br />

ATC. For example, tune in the ground frequency in the opposite<br />

Comm radio from the one used to ramp out and receive ATIS.<br />

This will ensure that both Comm radios are operating properly.<br />

Set the radios for departure.<br />

- NAV 1: Depress the NAV 1 speaker switch (after turning the<br />

volume down) and ID the appropriate frequency by using the<br />

ID/Volume knob. Next, check the needle swing and flag flip on the<br />

CDI. Finally, set the departure radial.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 73<br />

- NAV 2: Follow the same procedure as NAV 1, but include the next<br />

radial in the departure as appropriate.<br />

- Transponder: Ensure that the assigned code is set in the<br />

transponder (the test to check the operation of the unit for proper<br />

functioning is automatic).<br />

NOTE<br />

At airports where a VOT is available, the NAV radios may be<br />

checked using the VOT. If unable to identify the NAVs on the<br />

ground, try again in another position such as the run-up area,<br />

or, if necessary, wait until airborne, although, this increases<br />

workload in the air and should be planned for accordingly.<br />

Recheck that each COM/NAV frequencies and HSI/CDI is set for<br />

departure. Just before takeoff, review the VFR/IFR departure by<br />

mentally flying it, including headings, altitudes and navigation.<br />

On the MFD, verify that the map options and range are SET as desired<br />

(topography, terrain, traffic, etc).<br />

NOTE<br />

An altitude alert is annunciated 1000 feet prior to arrival at the<br />

selected altitude. A further alert is annunciated if the airplane<br />

deviates from the selected altitude by +/- 200 feet.<br />

5. STANDBY INSTRUMENTS CHECKED/SET<br />

Verify that the STANDBY INSTRUMENTS are CHECKED and SET:<br />

- The Standby Airspeed Indicator should indicate zero.<br />

- The Standby Attitude Indicator should be set (caged) and have the<br />

miniature aircraft adjusted to level flight with the horizon and<br />

indicate no more than 5° of precession in pitch and bank during<br />

turns. No flags should be visually present.<br />

- The inclinometer should be centered and displacing towards the<br />

opposite direction of the turn during taxi.<br />

- The Standby Altimeter should be within ±75 feet of known<br />

elevation when set to the local altimeter setting (elevations are<br />

shown on airport diagrams).<br />

- The Magnetic Compass housing should contain full fluid, swing<br />

freely, and indicate known headings.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


74 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

- The Compass Deviation Card must be in place and readable.<br />

6. AUTOPILOT / ELECTRIC TRIM TEST<br />

CAUTION<br />

The entire preflight test procedure must be successfully<br />

completed prior to each flight. Use of the autopilot or manual<br />

electrical trim system is prohibited prior to completion of these<br />

tests.<br />

To ensure proper functioning, TEST the AUTOPILOT as follows:<br />

When the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH is turned On, power will be<br />

supplied to the computer and the AUTOPILOT will begin a Self-TEST<br />

[the TEST is COMPLETE by all display segments being illuminated<br />

(Display TEST) and the disconnect tone sounding].<br />

WARNING<br />

If the AP TRIM FAIL annunciator stays on, the Auto-Trim<br />

did not pass the pre-flight test. The autopilot circuit<br />

breaker must be pulled. Manual electric trim cannot be<br />

used.<br />

6. AUTOPILOT / ELECTRIC TRIM (continued) TEST<br />

a. TEST the manual ELECTRIC TRIM (press the AP DISC button<br />

down and hold while commanding trim. The manual Electric Trim<br />

should not operate either nose up or nose down)<br />

b. Engage the autopilot by pressing the AP button.<br />

c. Move the Flight Controls fore, aft, left, and right to verify that the<br />

autopilot clutches can be overpowered.<br />

d. Press the AP DISC switch and verify that the autopilot<br />

disconnects.<br />

e. Manually set the trim to the takeoff position.<br />

f. Press the AP DISC switch.<br />

g. Set the local altimeter setting on the autopilot.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 75<br />

h. Rotate the ALTITUDE SELECT knob until the desired altitude is<br />

displayed.<br />

TEST the manual ELECTRIC TRIM as follows:<br />

a. Depress the split pilot yoke-mounted Electric Trim switches<br />

simultaneously forward, then aft, verifying each time that the<br />

Stabilator trim wheel and its indicator moves in the appropriate<br />

direction.<br />

b. While moving the Stabilator trim in either direction, verify that the<br />

control yoke cut-off switch disables the Electric Trim function.<br />

c. While depressing the Electric Trim interrupt switch, verify that the<br />

Stabilator trim wheel stops. Verify that the Stabilator trim wheel<br />

moves in the appropriate direction when the trim interrupt switch is<br />

released.<br />

d. Depress the Electric Trim On/Off switch to the OFF position and<br />

depress the split pilot yoke-mounted Electric Trim switches<br />

simultaneously forward and aft, each time verifying that the<br />

Stabilator trim wheel and its indicator does not move. This test<br />

ensures that the Electric Trim will disengage in the event of an<br />

Electric Trim malfunction.<br />

8. FUEL SELECTORS (LH/RH) ON<br />

Depress the fuel pump switches to the ON position and place both FUEL<br />

SELECTORS (LH/RH) in the ON position.<br />

9. PARKING BRAKE RELEASE<br />

Move the PARKING BRAKE lever fully up to the RELEASE position.<br />

NOTE<br />

During taxi, check for proper operation of the brakes and<br />

steering. Monitor the G1000 for correct pitch attitude and<br />

directional indications.<br />

CAUTION<br />

When taxiing on a poor surface select the lowest possible RPM<br />

to avoid damage to the propeller from stones or similar items.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


76 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

CAUTION<br />

Following extended operation on the ground, or at higher<br />

ambient temperatures, rough running of the engine may occur,<br />

shown by the following indications:<br />

- Transient changes in idle RPM and Fuel Flow<br />

- Slow reaction of the engine to operation of throttle levers<br />

- Engine will not run with the throttle levers in the idle<br />

position.<br />

Remedy for rough running engine:<br />

1. Depress the Fuel Pump switch to the ON position.<br />

2. Adjust the THROTTLE LEVER to set the engine at speed of 1800 to<br />

2000 RPM for 1 to 2 minutes, or until the engine settles. Oil and<br />

cylinder head temperatures must stay within limits.<br />

3. Move the THROTTLE LEVERS back to IDLE to confirm smooth<br />

running.<br />

4. Adjust the THROTTLE LEVERS to set 1200 RPM and adjust the<br />

MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER to achieve maximum RPM attainable<br />

(lean the Mixture).<br />

5. Depress the FUEL PUMPS to the OFF position.<br />

6. During BEFORE TAKEOFF RUN-UP CHECK, set the MIXTURE<br />

CONTROL LEVER for takeoff and advance the THROTTLE LEVER<br />

to MAX POWER for 10 seconds. Ensure smooth running of the<br />

engine and proper engine indications.<br />

NOTE<br />

Step 6 may be performed on the runway before takeoff with<br />

prior coordination with ATC.<br />

10. BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />

have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 77<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


78 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

BEFORE TAKEOFF RUN-UP FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To systematically check aircraft and engine systems prior to takeoff.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 79<br />

BEFORE TAKEOFF RUN-UP CHECKLIST<br />

1. PARKING BRAKE ........................................................................... SET<br />

2. FLIGHT CONTROLS .................................................. FREE/CORRECT<br />

3. FUEL SELECTORS ........................................................... VERIFY ON<br />

4. ENGINE INDICATIONS ..................... CHECK (Oil>100°F, CHT>150°F)<br />

5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ................... FULL RICH (Below 5000ft)<br />

6. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ..................................... FULL FORWARD<br />

7. THROTTLE LEVERS ............................................................ 2200 RPM<br />

8. MAGNETOS (175/50 RPM) ....................................................... CHECK<br />

9. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS (


80 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

4. ENGINE INDICATIONS CHECK<br />

Verify that the ENGINES INDICATIONS are showing Oil Temperature<br />

above 100° F, and Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) above 150° F, before<br />

advancing the throttle levers for the RUN-UP CHECK.<br />

5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS<br />

FULL FORWARD (Below 5000 ft.)<br />

Below 5,000 ft., move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the FULL<br />

FORWARD (Full Rich) position.<br />

NOTE<br />

At a density altitude of 5000 ft. or higher, or at high ambient<br />

temperatures, a fully rich mixture can cause a rough running<br />

engine and/or a loss of performance. The mixture should be set<br />

for smooth running of the engine.<br />

6. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />

Verify that the PROPELLER RPM LEVERS are in the FULL FORWARD<br />

position.<br />

7. THROTTLE LEVERS 2200 RPM<br />

After checking that the area behind the aircraft is clear, smoothly move the<br />

THROTTLE LEVERS forward to set 2200 RPM.<br />

8. MAGNETOS (175/50 RPM) CHECK<br />

CHECK the MAGNETOS by rotating the key in the ignition switch to the R<br />

(Right) magneto position and noting engine RPM. Rotate the key to return<br />

to the BOTH position (to ensure clearing the spark plugs on the other<br />

magneto). Then, rotate the key to the L (Left) magneto position and note<br />

the engine RPM. Then, check the right engine magnetos in the same<br />

manner. RPM drop for either magneto should not exceed 175 RPM, nor<br />

should the difference in RPM drop between the magnetos exceed 50 RPM.<br />

CAUTION<br />

The lack of an RPM drop suggests a faulty grounding or<br />

incorrect ignition timing. In case of doubt the magneto check<br />

can be repeated with a leaner mixture, in order to confirm a<br />

problem. Even when running on only one magneto the engine<br />

should not run unduly roughly.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 81<br />

NOTE<br />

If the RPM drop exceeds 175 RPM, slowly lean the mixture until<br />

the RPM peaks. Then, retard the throttle to 2200 RPM for the<br />

magneto check and repeat the check. If the drop-off does not<br />

exceed 175 RPM and the difference between the magnetos does<br />

not exceed 50 RPM, and the engine is running smoothly, the<br />

ignition system is operating properly. Return the Mixture<br />

Control Levers to the Full Forward (Full Rich) position.<br />

NOTE<br />

If a fouled spark plug is suspected: 1) Smoothly advance<br />

throttles to full forward, 2) Lean the mixtures to peak EGT for 45<br />

seconds, 3) Monitor CHT and Oil Temperatures, 4) Enrichen<br />

mixtures to FULL RICH, 5) Smoothly reduce throttles to 2200<br />

RPM, 6) Proceed with magneto check.<br />

9. PROPELLER RPM CYCLE<br />

To check propeller operation, CYCLE the PROPELLER by moving the<br />

PROPELLER RPM LEVER aft to the Feather Gate-Stop until a drop of<br />

maximum 500 RPM is reached and then full forward. Cycle 3 times.<br />

10. THROTTLE LEVERS 1500 RPM<br />

Adjust the THROTTLE LEVERS to set 1500 RPM.<br />

11. PROPELLER FEATHERING (


82 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

14. THROTTLES IDLE (740 ± 20 RPM minimum) CHECK<br />

Move the THROTTLE LEVERS to IDLE and CHECK to ensure that the<br />

engines run smoothly.<br />

NOTE<br />

The idle engine speeds for all <strong>ERAU</strong> <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> aircraft may be<br />

set to 800 RPM to prevent any operational problems associated<br />

with idling at or near idle engine speed in the higher<br />

summertime ambient air temperatures.<br />

15. THROTTLE LEVERS 1000 RPM<br />

Advance the THROTTLE LEVERS to set 1000 RPM.<br />

16. ALTERNATE AIR VERIFY OFF<br />

VERIFY that the ALTERNATE AIR lever is in the OFF (Closed) position.<br />

17. MIXTURES LEAN<br />

To LEAN the MIXTURES, adjust the Throttle Levers to set 1200 RPM, and<br />

move the Mixture Control Levers aft to obtain the peak RPM. Once the<br />

MIXTURES are leaned, adjust the Throttle Levers to set 1000 RPM.<br />

18. PARKING BRAKE RELEASE<br />

RELEASE the PARKING BRAKE by moving the Parking Brake lever up<br />

fully.<br />

19. BEFORE TAKEOFF RUN-UP CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the BEFORE TAKEOFF RUN-UP CHECKLIST, verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 83<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


84 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

BEFORE TAKEOFF FLOW<br />

9<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To configure the aircraft for departure.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 85<br />

BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />

For repeated takeoffs and landings, complete the Final Items and<br />

Takeoff Flows, and Checklists for EACH takeoff.<br />

1. PRE-TAKEOFF BRIEFING ................................................ COMPLETE<br />

2. FRONT CANOPY .................................................. CLOSED/LATCHED<br />

3. REAR DOOR ........................................................ CLOSED/LATCHED<br />

4. ELEVATOR TRIM ........................................................................... SET<br />

5. RUDDER TRIM ............................................................................... SET<br />

6. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />

7. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................................... CHECK<br />

8. PFD/MFD ........................................................................................ SET<br />

9. TRAFFIC ................................................................................... CHECK<br />

10. BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST ...................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. PRE-TAKEOFF BRIEFING COMPLETE<br />

COMPLETE a verbal PRE-TAKEOFF BRIEFING that covers how normal,<br />

abnormal and emergency situations would be handled during takeoff (see<br />

the Sample Pre-Takeoff Briefing below).<br />

Sample Pre-Takeoff Briefing<br />

“This will be a VFR/IFR Departure using Runway 7 Left at November<br />

with; 4,500 feet available. We need 1,300 feet for takeoff and an<br />

accelerate stop distance of 3,000 feet. No significant obstacles or<br />

wake turbulence are expected for departure. At takeoff, the wind will<br />

be from our right at 7 knots, so ailerons will be positioned to the<br />

right. V R is 78 KIAS; initial climb speed is 90 KIAS. If there is an<br />

engine fire, failure, or significant system malfunction:<br />

Before rotation, I will close both throttle levers, maintain directional<br />

control with rudder to remain on the runway, and brake as required.<br />

After rotation with runway available for landing, I will smoothly<br />

reduce both throttle levers, re-check the landing gear is down, and land<br />

on the remaining runway.<br />

After rotation with no runway available or gear in transit, I will<br />

maintain directional control, pitch for V YSE (90 KIAS) and execute oneengine<br />

inoperative procedures. I will call the tower, declare an<br />

emergency and return to 7L for a single engine landing. Our calculated<br />

single engine rate of climb is 200 FPM, but in case of inadequate climb<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


86 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

performance, we will go straight ahead for a controlled off-airport<br />

landing.”<br />

2. FRONT CANOPY CLOSED/LATCHED<br />

CLOSE (do not slam) and latch the FRONT CANOPY. Ensure that the<br />

CANOPY is properly LATCHED and that there is no DOOR OPEN Warning<br />

displayed on the PFD.<br />

3. REAR DOOR CLOSED/LATCHED<br />

Verify that the REAR DOOR is CLOSED and LATCHED.<br />

4. ELEVATOR TRIM SET<br />

SET the ELEVATOR TRIM for takeoff. Ensure that the AUTOPILOT is not<br />

engaged for takeoff.<br />

5. RUDDER TRIM SET<br />

SET the RUDDER TRIM to the neutral position.<br />

6. FLAPS UP<br />

Verify the FLAPS switch is in the UP position and confirm the position of<br />

the FLAPS visually.<br />

7. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK<br />

CHECK that all CIRCUIT BREAKERS are in by running your hand across<br />

the circuit breaker panel. If a circuit breaker is out, call Fleet Maintenance.<br />

Do not push the circuit breaker in.<br />

8. PFD/MFD SET<br />

Check the PFD/MFD to ensure that the flight instruments and AVIONICS<br />

are SET for takeoff. For the flight instruments, verify the altimeter setting<br />

and that the HSI is SET for proper indications (magenta or green needles<br />

as appropriate). For the AVIONICS, verify that all frequencies have been<br />

tuned for departure, and that the transponder code is SET, and if<br />

applicable, that the flight plan is entered and activated. If staying in the<br />

local area for instrument approaches, ensure that the approach is loaded<br />

and ready to be activated.<br />

9. TRAFFIC CHECK<br />

Turn the airplane towards the approach end of the runway and visually<br />

CHECK that the Final is clear of TRAFFIC.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 87<br />

10. BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />

items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

NOTE<br />

Single-Pilot Resource Management (SPRM) refers to the<br />

effective use of ALL available resources: human resources,<br />

hardware, and information. Pilot resource management is not a<br />

single task; it is a set of skill competencies that must be evident<br />

as applied to single-pilot operation. Workload management and<br />

situational awareness are to a certain degree observable<br />

behaviors that show these competencies.<br />

Most of the planning and preparation should be done before<br />

takeoff so that the pilot prepares during low workload<br />

situations for high workload situations.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


88 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

BEFORE TAKEOFF FINAL ITEMS FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To configure the aircraft for takeoff.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 89<br />

BEFORE TAKEOFF FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST<br />

1. FUEL SELECTORS ......................................................................... ON<br />

2. MIXTURE CONTROLS LEVERS ........................................ FULL RICH<br />

3. FUEL PUMPS .................................................................................. ON<br />

4. PITOT HEAT ................................................................. AS REQUIRED<br />

5. LIGHTS ............................................................................................ ON<br />

Verification not required<br />

1. FUEL SELECTORS ON<br />

Verify that both FUEL SELECTORS are in the ON position.<br />

2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS FULL RICH<br />

Advance the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the FULL RICH (FULL<br />

FORWARD) position.<br />

3. FUEL PUMPS ON<br />

Depress the FUEL PUMPS switches to the ON position.<br />

4. PITOT HEAT AS REQUIRED<br />

Verify that the PITOT HEAT is OFF, or ON if the outside air temperature is<br />

50° F (10° C) or below with visible moisture (i.e. clouds, fog, mist, rain,<br />

etc.).<br />

NOTE<br />

STALL HEAT OFF and PITOT HEAT OFF Cautions will be<br />

displayed on the PFD anytime the Pitot Heat switch is in the<br />

OFF position.<br />

If the Pitot Heat switch is in the ON position, the caution<br />

mentioned above will disappear. After a few seconds, a new<br />

Caution will appear displaying STALL HEAT FAIL. This alerts<br />

the pilot that the stall heat has been de-rated to 50% (while the<br />

airplane is on the ground). In this case, acknowledge the<br />

Caution as soon as practicable, but prior to commencing the<br />

takeoff roll. Do not takeoff without cancelling the caution.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


90 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

5. LIGHTS ON<br />

Turn the LIGHTS ON as appropriate:<br />

- Day: Turn the landing light, taxi light and strobe lights ON for collision<br />

avoidance.<br />

- Night: Turn the landing light, taxi light and strobe lights ON for takeoff<br />

visibility and collision avoidance. Position lights should be ON per 14<br />

CFR Part 91.209.<br />

Verification not required.<br />

NOTE<br />

NOTE<br />

Avoid shining lights directly at another aircraft. Turn off strobe<br />

lights during low visibility to avoid becoming distracted and<br />

disoriented.<br />

NOTE<br />

To ensure that the pilot’s total attention to the runway and final<br />

approach environment remains uncompromised by any Before<br />

Takeoff task, when ready for takeoff and holding short:<br />

At tower controlled airports:<br />

1. Contact the tower to advise, “Ready for Takeoff.”<br />

2. When a takeoff or position and hold clearance has been received,<br />

while still holding short (and not moving), conduct the Before Takeoff<br />

Final Items flow.<br />

3. Upon completion of the Before Takeoff Final Items flow, ensure that<br />

the runway and final approach environments are clear before<br />

proceeding onto the runway for takeoff, or position and hold, as<br />

appropriate.<br />

4. Refuse any Immediate Takeoff clearance if you are unable to<br />

accomplish the above.<br />

At uncontrolled airports:<br />

1. Make the takeoff announcement.<br />

2. While still holding short (and not moving), conduct the Before Takeoff<br />

Final Items flow.<br />

3. Upon completion of the Before Takeoff Final Items flow, ensure that<br />

the runway and final approach environments are clear before<br />

proceeding onto the runway for takeoff.<br />

4. For collision avoidance reasons, avoid a position and hold situation<br />

on the runway when waiting for landing traffic to clear the runway.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 91<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


92 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

CLIMB FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To configure the aircraft for optimum climb performance.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 93<br />

CLIMB CHECKLIST<br />

Accomplish at 1000’ AGL<br />

(Not required if remaining in the traffic pattern.)<br />

1. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />

2. LANDING GEAR ........................................................... UP/NO LIGHTS<br />

3. CLIMB POWER ............................................................................... SET<br />

4. MIXTURES ................................... FULL FORWARD (Full Rich)/(LEAN)<br />

5. FUEL PUMPS ................................................................................ OFF<br />

6. ENGINE INDICATIONS ............................................................. CHECK<br />

7. TRANSPONDER ............................................................... VERIFY ALT<br />

8. CLIMB CHECKLIST ........................................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. FLAPS UP<br />

Verify that the FLAPS are in the UP position for optimum climb<br />

performance.<br />

2. LANDING GEAR UP/NO LIGHTS<br />

Verify that the LANDING GEAR is in the UP position and that no lights (3<br />

green landing gear indicators/1 red Gear Warning light) are illuminated.<br />

3. CLIMB POWER SET<br />

At 500’ AFE, adjust for climb POWER by reducing the THROTTLES AND<br />

PROPELLER RPM LEVERS to SET 25”/2500 RPM. Full power may be<br />

used if performance requires it. To ensure good visibility during a climb, a<br />

cruise climb speed 100 KIAS should be used.<br />

CAUTION<br />

The maximum time limit for all engines operating at full takeoff<br />

power is 5 minutes.<br />

4. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS<br />

FULL FORWARD (Full Rich)/(Lean)<br />

Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS are in the FULL FORWARD<br />

(Full Rich) position. Lean the mixtures above 5,000’ MSL, or lower, if<br />

necessary, to obtain smooth engine operation.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


94 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

5. FUEL PUMPS OFF<br />

Above a safe altitude, turn the FUEL PUMPS off one at a time by<br />

depressing the FUEL PUMP switches to the OFF position. Ensure that fuel<br />

flow is still provided and no LO FUEL PRES warnings are displayed on the<br />

PFD.<br />

CAUTION<br />

The Fuel Pump must be turned ON anytime the L/R FUEL PR LO<br />

warning (low fuel pressure) is displayed.<br />

6. ENGINE INDICATIONS CHECK<br />

CHECK that the engine indications are in the green sector.<br />

7. TRANSPONDER VERIFY ALT<br />

VERIFY that the TRANSPONDER has switched to ALT mode at an<br />

appropriate point during the initial climb.<br />

8. CLIMB CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the CLIMB CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been<br />

accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 95<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


96 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

CRUISE FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To configure the aircraft for optimum cruise performance.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 97<br />

CRUISE CHECKLIST<br />

Not required if remaining in the traffic pattern.<br />

1. CRUISE POWER ............................................................................ SET<br />

2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS .................................................... LEAN<br />

3. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM .................................................. SET<br />

4. FUEL QUANTITY .................................................................. MONITOR<br />

5. LIGHTS .................................................................................. ON (OFF)<br />

6. CRUISE CHECKLIST ......................................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. CRUISE POWER SET<br />

Maintain climb power throughout the level off until the desired cruise<br />

airspeed is reached. Then, reduce the Throttle Levers and Propeller RPM<br />

Levers to SET the desired CRUISE POWER setting.<br />

NOTE<br />

Maximum Continuous Power (MCP) shall not exceed 160 hp. A<br />

cruise power of 23” MP/ 2200 RPM is recommended for 65% or<br />

less of Maximum Takeoff Power up to 5,000’ pressure altitude.<br />

The available power never exceeds MCP above 3500’ pressure<br />

altitude.<br />

NOTE<br />

Favorable combinations of manifold pressure and RPM are<br />

provided in the AFM, Chapter 5.<br />

NOTE<br />

To optimize engine life, Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT)<br />

should remain between 150° F and 400° F. If possible, the oil<br />

temperature should not remain under 180° F for long periods so<br />

as to avoid accumulation of condensation water.<br />

NOTE<br />

The oil temperature in continuous operation should remain<br />

between 165° F and 220° F. If possible, the oil temperature<br />

should not remain under 180° F for long periods so as to avoid<br />

accumulation of condensation water.<br />

2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS LEAN<br />

Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to LEAN the mixtures as required<br />

for best power, or economy, as appropriate.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


98 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

CAUTION<br />

Before selecting a higher cruise power setting, the mixtures<br />

should be enrichened slightly.<br />

3. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM SET<br />

SET the ELEVATOR and RUDDER TRIM as required for cruise.<br />

4. FUEL QUANTITY MONITOR<br />

MONITOR the fuel quantity for transfer and balancing. Crossfeed if<br />

required to balance the fuel quantity between left and right fuel tanks. If<br />

available, transfer fuel from the auxiliary fuel tanks into the main fuel tanks.<br />

NOTE<br />

A maximum of 5 gallons imbalance is permitted.<br />

The Fuel Pump must be ON anytime the L/R FUEL PR LO (low<br />

fuel pressure) warning is displayed.<br />

Auxiliary Fuel Tanks<br />

CAUTION<br />

Fuel Transfer Procedure (if installed):<br />

CAUTION<br />

When operating the FUEL TRANSFER LH/RH SWITCHES,<br />

ensure that the 5 gallons fuel imbalance limit is not exceeded.<br />

Both FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES must be operated<br />

simultaneously to avoid additional imbalance in the auxiliary<br />

fuel tanks.<br />

Fuel Transfer Procedure (if installed):<br />

NOTE<br />

The following recommended fuel transfer procedure assumes<br />

that the Auxiliary Tanks are full (26.4 gallons):<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 99<br />

Begin the auxiliary fuel transfer (steps 1 to 4) when the fuel quantity in each<br />

main tank is indicating 17 gallons or less.<br />

NOTE<br />

The fuel level switches in the main fuel tanks will switch the<br />

transfer pumps off when the fuel quantity in the main tanks<br />

reaches approximately 22 gallons.<br />

1. Depress the FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES to the ON position.<br />

2. Confirm fuel transfer process, “L/R FUEL XFER” displayed on PFD.<br />

3. Note the time and monitor Fuel Quantity. Expect the transfer to stop<br />

after approximately 5 to 6 minutes.<br />

4. Depress the FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES to the OFF position.<br />

when the “L/R FUEL XFER” alert messages are no longer displayed.<br />

NOTE<br />

To avoid intermittent operation and reduce wear on the fuel<br />

transfer pumps, switch the pumps off as soon as the transfer<br />

process is stopped automatically by the fuel level switches.<br />

Begin the auxiliary fuel transfer (Steps 5 to 8) when the fuel quantity in<br />

each main tank is indicating 17 gallons or less:<br />

NOTE<br />

The fuel level switches in the auxiliary tanks will switch the<br />

transfer pumps off when the auxiliary tanks are empty.<br />

5. Depress the FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES to the ON position<br />

6. Confirm fuel transfer process, “L/R FUEL XFER” displayed on PFD<br />

7. Note the time and monitor fuel quantity. Expect the transfer to stop<br />

after approximately 5 to 6 minutes.<br />

8. Depress the FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES to the OFF position<br />

when the “L/R AUX FUEL E” caution messages are displayed.<br />

NOTE<br />

To avoid intermittent operation and reduce wear on the fuel<br />

transfer pumps, switch the pumps off as soon as the transfer<br />

process is stopped automatically by the fuel level switches.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


100 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

NOTE<br />

L/R AUX FUEL E Caution will only be displayed on the PFD if<br />

the respective Transfer Switch is in the ON position.<br />

CAUTION<br />

When the fuel transfer pump is defective, the fuel stored in the<br />

auxiliary tank is not available. The flight plan must be amended<br />

accordingly.<br />

5. LIGHTS ON (OFF)<br />

Verify that the LANDING LIGHT is ON for collision avoidance precautions.<br />

The strobe lights should remain ON. Turn the lights OFF only when<br />

operating in clouds, low visibility conditions, at night, or in any other<br />

condition where having the lights ON would compromise safety of flight.<br />

6. CRUISE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the CRUISE CHECKLIST, verify that all items have<br />

been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 101<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


102 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

DESCENT FLOW<br />

8<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To configure the aircraft for an approach or arrival.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 103<br />

DESCENT CHECKLIST<br />

Not required if remaining in the traffic pattern. Accomplish<br />

before beginning a descent from cruise altitude, or within 10 nm<br />

of the airport if a descent is not required. Copy ATIS and Brief<br />

the approach or arrival prior to beginning the Checklist. The A-<br />

B-C check is a systematic method for preparing for arrival.<br />

1. APPROACH BRIEFING ..................................................... COMPLETE<br />

2. FUEL SELECTORS ......................................................................... ON<br />

3. MIXTURES .......................................................................... ENRICHEN<br />

4. GEAR WARNING HORN/INDICATIONS ...................................... TEST<br />

5. LIGHTS ............................................................................................ ON<br />

6. PFD/MFD ........................................................................................ SET<br />

7. STANDBY INSTRUMENTS ............................................................. SET<br />

8. SEATBELTS .................................................................................... ON<br />

9. DESCENT CHECKLIST ..................................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. APPROACH BRIEFING COMPLETE<br />

COMPLETE the APPROACH BRIEFING to include:<br />

- Visual / Instrument Approach<br />

- Runway to be used<br />

- Traffic Pattern Entry and altitude<br />

- Traffic Watch (how many aircraft in the pattern)<br />

- Crosswind direction and approximate speed component<br />

- Windshear and Braking Conditions<br />

- Altimeter Setting<br />

- Terrain / Obstacles<br />

- NOTAMs<br />

- Details unique to the Airport / Approach<br />

- Runway Exit Plan<br />

In addition, if an instrument approach procedure is expected, include in the<br />

APPROACH BRIEFING:<br />

1. APPROACH BRIEFING (continued) COMPLETE<br />

- Name of Airport<br />

- Type of Approach<br />

- Approach Chart Number and Date<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


104 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

- Primary NAVAID Frequency<br />

- Inbound Course<br />

- FAF/Glideslope Crossing Altitude<br />

- DA(H)/MDA<br />

- Visibility Requirements<br />

- Approach Lights<br />

- Missed Approach Point<br />

- Missed Approach Procedure (include expected entry procedure into<br />

the holding pattern and initial heading to fly)<br />

2. FUEL SELECTORS ON<br />

Verify that both FUEL SELECTORS are in the ON position.<br />

3. MIXTURES ENRICHEN<br />

Slowly ENRICHEN the MIXTURES as required by moving the Mixture<br />

Control Levers forward.<br />

4. GEAR WARNING HORN/INDICATIONS TEST<br />

TEST the GEAR WARNING HORN by depressing the gear warning horn<br />

button. A warning horn sounds to alert the pilot that the landing gear is<br />

retracted. The TEST is complete when the three green landing gear lights<br />

and one red landing gear unsafe light INDICATIONS illuminate.<br />

5. LIGHTS ON<br />

Turn the LANDING LIGHT ON as appropriate:<br />

- Day: Turn the landing light, taxi light, and strobe lights ON for<br />

collision avoidance.<br />

- Night: Turn the landing light, taxi light, and strobe lights ON for<br />

takeoff visibility and collision avoidance. Position lights should be ON<br />

per 14 CFR Part 91.209.<br />

6. PFD/MFD SET<br />

Check the PFD by verifying that the current barometric pressure is SET in<br />

the window. Check the AVIONICS by verifying that the communication and<br />

navigation frequencies are SET for arrival and approach. Set anticipated<br />

frequencies on standby.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 105<br />

If IFR:<br />

- Verify that the marker beacon switch is ON, if needed.<br />

- Set the inbound course for the approach (In certain cases, the G1000<br />

system will automatically select the inbound course on the HSI when<br />

an instrument approach is loaded).<br />

- If applicable, identify the NAVAIDS to be used for approach.<br />

- Set the GPS for the approach procedure or destination airport.<br />

- Select magenta needles for a GPS/RNAV approach or green needles<br />

for a VOR/LOC/LOC BC/ILS approach.<br />

- If equipped, set the Autopilot for the approach, if desired.<br />

Check the MFD by verifying that the MFD map options and range are SET<br />

as desired (Topography, terrain, traffic, etc).<br />

NOTE<br />

If planning on an instrument approach, the approach course<br />

depicted on the MFD should enhance the pilot’s situational<br />

awareness and help him/her monitor his/her progress through<br />

the approach. Once established on the final approach course<br />

inbound, the track vector (if selected) can aid the pilot in<br />

determining proper wind correction for accurate course<br />

tracking.<br />

7. STANDBY INSTRUMENTS SET<br />

Check the STANDBY INSTRUMENTS by verifying that the current<br />

barometric pressure is SET in the Kollsman window.<br />

8. SEATBELTS ON<br />

Ensure that all occupant(s’) SEATBELTS are ON and adjusted (per 14<br />

CFR Part 91.107).<br />

9. DESCENT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the DESCENT CHECKLIST, verify that all items have<br />

been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


106 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

CAUTION<br />

When reducing power, the change in cylinder head temperature<br />

should not exceed 50° F per minute. An excessive cooling rate<br />

may occur when the engine is very hot and the throttle lever is<br />

reduced abruptly in a fast descent. This will be indicated by a<br />

flashing cylinder head temperature indication.<br />

CAUTION<br />

When the fuel pressure warning message illuminates, the<br />

electric fuel pump should be switched on.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 107<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


108 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

DESCENT FINAL ITEMS FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To properly configure the aircraft for landing.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 109<br />

DESCENT FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST<br />

Accomplish prior to 300’ AFE.<br />

1. FUEL PUMPS .................................................................................. ON<br />

2. LANDING GEAR ....................................................... DOWN/ 3 GREEN<br />

3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS .................FULL FORWARD (Full Rich)<br />

4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ...................................... FULL FORWARD<br />

5. FLAPS ........................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />

6. AUTOPILOT (if equipped) .............................................................. OFF<br />

7. PARKING BRAKE ................................................... VERIFY RELEASE<br />

8. DESCENT FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST .............................. COMPLETE<br />

1. FUEL PUMPS ON<br />

Depress the FUEL PUMPS switches to the ON position.<br />

2. LANDING GEAR DOWN/ 3 GREEN<br />

Verify that the Gear Selector is in the Down position. Visually check to<br />

confirm that the 3 GREEN indicator lights are illuminated indicating that the<br />

LANDING GEAR is in the DOWN and locked position. In addition, the<br />

landing gear unsafe light should not be illuminated. Check that the nose<br />

gear appears extended in the engine nacelle mirror.<br />

3. MIXTURE CONTROLS LEVERS FULL FORWARD (Full Rich)<br />

Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS are in the FULL FORWARD<br />

(Full Rich) position.<br />

4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />

Verify that the PROPELLER RPM LEVERS are in the FULL FORWARD<br />

position.<br />

5. FLAPS AS REQUIRED<br />

Select the FLAPS AS REQUIRED for landing (APP or LDG configuration).<br />

CAUTION<br />

A No flap landing with power will have reduced elevator travel<br />

due to stick limiter being engaged above 14.5” MP. In<br />

conditions such as strong wind, danger of windshear or<br />

turbulence a higher approach speed should be selected.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


110 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

6. AUTOPILOT (if equipped) OFF<br />

If equipped, depress the Control Wheel Disconnect switch and verify that<br />

the AUTOPILOT is OFF for landing.<br />

7. PARKING BRAKE VERIFY RELEASE<br />

Ensure the PARKING BRAKE is set to RELEASE prior to landing.<br />

8. DESCENT FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the DESCENT FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST, verify that<br />

all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 111<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


112 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

AFTER LANDING FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To clean up the aircraft after landing in preparation for taxi.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 113<br />

AFTER LANDING CHECKLIST<br />

Accomplish only when clear of the runway and stopped<br />

completely.<br />

1. ELEVATOR TRIM ........................................................................... SET<br />

2. RUDDER TRIM ............................................................................... SET<br />

3. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />

4. MIXTURES ................................................................................... LEAN<br />

5. FUEL PUMPS ................................................................................ OFF<br />

6. PITOT HEAT .................................................................................. OFF<br />

7. LIGHTS ......................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />

8. AVIONICS ..................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />

9. AFTER LANDING CHECKLIST ............................................ COMPLETE<br />

1. ELEVATOR TRIM SET<br />

SET the ELEVATOR TRIM to the takeoff position.<br />

2. RUDDER TRIM SET<br />

SET the rudder trim to the neutral position.<br />

3. FLAPS UP<br />

Before changing the flap position on the ground, verify that you have the<br />

flap control switch and callout, “Flaps Identified”. Wait for the IP to<br />

respond, “Flaps Verified”, then retract the FLAPS to the UP position,<br />

visually verifying that the flaps are moving towards the retracted position.<br />

4. MIXTURES LEAN<br />

Lean the mixtures appropriately for ground operations by advancing the<br />

throttles to 1200 RPM and leaning the MIXTURES until the peak RPM has<br />

is obtain. Once leaning is complete, set the THROTTLE LEVERS to 1000<br />

RPM.<br />

NOTE<br />

After landing, it is beneficial to operate the engines in the 800 to<br />

1200 RPM range for a short period prior to shutdown to allow<br />

the temperature to stabilize.<br />

5. FUEL PUMPS OFF<br />

Depress the FUEL PUMPS switches to the OFF position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


114 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

6. PITOT HEAT OFF<br />

Verify that the PITOT HEAT switch is in the OFF position.<br />

NOTE<br />

STALL HEAT OFF and PITOT HEAT OFF Cautions will be<br />

displayed on the PFD anytime the pitot-heat switch is in the<br />

OFF position.<br />

7. LIGHTS AS REQUIRED<br />

- Day: Turn the landing light off, keep the taxi light on, and strobe lights<br />

on for collision avoidance.<br />

- Night: Turn the landing light off, keep the taxi light on, and strobe<br />

lights on for taxiing visibility and collision avoidance. Position lights<br />

should be ON per 14 CFR Part 91.209.<br />

NOTE<br />

Avoid shining lights directly at another aircraft. Turn off strobe<br />

lights during low visibility to avoid becoming distracted and<br />

disoriented.<br />

8. AVIONICS AS REQUIRED<br />

Set the appropriate radio frequencies required if any for the taxi operation.<br />

9. AFTER LANDING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the AFTER LANDING CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />

have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 115<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


116 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

SHUTDOWN FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To safely shut down the engines.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 117<br />

SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST<br />

1. PARKING BRAKE ........................................................................... SET<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVERS ............................................................ 1000 RPM<br />

3. ENGINE INDICATIONS ............................................................. CHECK<br />

4. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

5. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ........................................................... OFF<br />

6. IGNITION GROUNDING .............................................. GROUND TEST<br />

7. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

8. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................... OFF/REMOVE<br />

9. LIGHTS (except position lights) ...................................................... OFF<br />

10. SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST ................................................. COMPLETE<br />

1. PARKING BRAKE SET<br />

SET the PARKING BRAKE by applying pressure to the top part of the<br />

rudder pedals while moving the parking brake lever down or by setting the<br />

lever to the ON position and then depress the brake pedals multiple times<br />

to build the pressure.<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVERS 1000 RPM<br />

Adjust the THROTTLE LEVERS to set 1000 RPM.<br />

3. ENGINE INDICATIONS CHECK<br />

CHECK that the ENGINE INDICATIONS are in the green prior to engine<br />

shutdown.<br />

4. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

NOTE<br />

When the AVIONICS MASTER switch is in the OFF position, the<br />

Audio panel and COM 2 are not activated. COM 1 will only be<br />

usable from the PILOT side to perform RAMP-IN CHECKLIST.<br />

5. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OFF<br />

Verify that all ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT switches are in the OFF position,<br />

except the anti-collision lights (strobes).<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


118 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

6. IGNITION GROUNDING GROUND TEST<br />

To CHECK IGNITION GROUNDING of each engine’s magnetos, turn the<br />

respective IGNITION SWITCH to the OFF position momentarily until RPM<br />

drops noticeably, then immediately back to BOTH.<br />

CAUTION<br />

Ignition grounding checks done at higher engine speeds could<br />

cause engine backfiring, resulting in internal engine damage. If<br />

engine RPM does not decrease during the ignition grounding<br />

check, the magnetos may not be grounding (hot mag). Down<br />

the airplane and ensure that Fleet Maintenance is notified<br />

immediately.<br />

CAUTION<br />

When performing Magnetos grounding check, use caution<br />

when turning the key from OFF to BOTH position to prevent<br />

inadvertent engagement of the Starter.<br />

7. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />

8. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF/REMOVE<br />

After the propellers (engines) have come to a complete stop, turn the<br />

IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position to ground the magnetos,<br />

disabling the ignition system and remove the keys.<br />

WARNING<br />

If the ignition switches are turned off before the engine stops<br />

completely, non-ignited fuel will remain in the engine cylinders,<br />

creating a potential hazard of the non-ignited fuel igniting<br />

unexpectedly (i.e., the propeller rotated with a hot mag), or of<br />

having an over-primed engine during the next engine start (i.e.,<br />

an engine fire).<br />

9. LIGHTS OFF<br />

Ensure that all LIGHTS switches (except the Position Lights) are in the<br />

OFF position.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 119<br />

10. SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />

have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


120 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

RAMP IN CHECKLIST<br />

1. FLIGHT DATA (Eagle Data) ....................................................RAMP IN<br />

2. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

3. RAMP IN CHECKLIST ........................................................ COMPLETE<br />

1. FLIGHT DATA (Eagle Data) RAMP IN<br />

Contact <strong>ERAU</strong> FLIGHT DATA (Eagle Data) on 122.825 MHz to RAMP IN<br />

by providing the aircraft’s status (Up or Down) and the Hobbs and Tach<br />

times.<br />

NOTE<br />

Because the AVIONICS Switch is OFF (the AVIONICS Bus is not<br />

powered), only COM 1 can be used from the Pilot side to Ramp<br />

In.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the aircraft is DOWN, record the discrepancy on the<br />

Discrepancy Record form. If more than one discrepancy exists,<br />

list each discrepancy separately in the boxes provided. Record<br />

the Hobbs and Tach times on the Aircraft Flight Record form.<br />

Both forms are attached to the airplane’s clipboard.<br />

2. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

3. RAMP IN CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the RAMP IN CHECKLIST, verify that all items have<br />

been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 121<br />

SECURE CHECKLIST<br />

1. LIGHTS .......................................................................................... OFF<br />

2. TRASH ............................................................................ REMOVE ALL<br />

3. CONTROL LOCK .................................................................... INSTALL<br />

4. TIE-DOWNS ............................................................................ SECURE<br />

5. PITOT/STATIC MAST COVER ................................................ INSTALL<br />

6. MAIN WHEELS ......................................................................... CHOCK<br />

7. PARKING BRAKE ................................................................. RELEASE<br />

8. WINDOW/FRONT CANOPY ........................................... CLOSE/LOCK<br />

9. REAR DOOR .................................................................. CLOSE/LOCK<br />

10. POST-FLIGHT INSPECTION ............................................... PERFORM<br />

11. SECURE CHECKLIST ....................................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. LIGHTS OFF<br />

Ensure that all interior and exterior aircraft LIGHTS are OFF.<br />

2. TRASH REMOVE ALL<br />

REMOVE any and all TRASH from the cabin (even if it is not yours).<br />

3. CONTROL LOCK INSTALL<br />

INSTALL the CONTROL LOCK on the control stick to restrict freedom of<br />

movement of the flight controls.<br />

4. TIE-DOWNS SECURE<br />

Install the TIE-DOWNS for the wings and tail.<br />

NOTE<br />

If at an outlying airport and strong winds are not expected, you<br />

may temporarily substitute tie-downs with chocks on the nose<br />

gear.<br />

5. PITOT/STATIC MAST COVER INSTALL<br />

INSTALL the PITOT/STATIC MAST COVER on the Pitot/Static Mast.<br />

6. MAIN WHEELS CHOCK<br />

7. PARKING BRAKE RELEASE<br />

RELEASE the PARKING BRAKE by moving the Parking Brake lever up<br />

fully.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


122 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

8. WINDOW/CANOPY CLOSE/LOCK<br />

CLOSE and latch the WINDOW. CLOSE and latch the CANOPY and<br />

LOCK it with the key provided.<br />

9. REAR DOOR CLOSE/LOCK<br />

CLOSE the REAR DOOR and LOCK it with the key provided.<br />

10. POST-FLIGHT INSPECTION PERFORM<br />

PERFORM a POST-FLIGHT INSPECTION of the aircraft by conducting a<br />

360° walk-around, checking for any damage, fluid leakage, or signs of a<br />

bird strike that may have occurred during the flight. Verify that all lights are<br />

OFF and that the airplane is properly secured.<br />

11. SECURE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the SECURE CHECKLIST, verify that all items have<br />

been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

NOTE<br />

Verify that any and all discrepancies (if any) are recorded on the<br />

Discrepancy Record form. If more than one discrepancy exists,<br />

list each discrepancy separately in the boxes provided. Verify<br />

that Hobbs and Tach times have been recorded on the Aircraft<br />

Flight Record form. Both forms are attached to the airplane’s<br />

clipboard. Return all gust locks (if equipped) to Flight Dispatch.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 123<br />

Section 3:<br />

EMERGENCY<br />

PROCEDURES<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


124 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

Successful handling of emergency situations is largely dependent on the<br />

judgment and skill of the flight crew. All emergency conditions should be<br />

handled with planning and organization. Although it is not possible to write<br />

specific procedures to cover every facet of every emergency or irregularity<br />

a pilot may confront, it is possible to establish certain operating guidelines.<br />

The overriding matter of importance is very basic: someone must fly the<br />

airplane. In addition to executing the required procedure(s), the pilot must<br />

still devote primary attention to the control and navigation of the airplane<br />

with regard to terrain, weather, air traffic control, and airplane configuration.<br />

There are some situations which always require a landing at the nearest<br />

suitable airport. These situations include, but are not limited to, cabin<br />

smoke or fire that persists, loss of equipment cooling, and electrical faults<br />

that result in only leaving a single critical system remaining. In any event, it<br />

is the responsibility of the pilot in command to assess the situation and<br />

execute sound judgment to determine the safest course of action to be<br />

taken. It is stressed that for persistent smoke, or a fire that cannot be<br />

positively confirmed to be completely extinguished, the earliest possible<br />

descent, landing, and passenger evacuation should be accomplished.<br />

Cycling or resetting tripped circuit breakers shall not be done<br />

indiscriminately. Cycling or resetting circuit breakers on the ground is<br />

acceptable, except for those prohibited in any procedure. Before cycling or<br />

resetting a circuit breaker in flight, the pilot in command shall consider<br />

available resources such as the AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL (AFM), the<br />

<strong>ERAU</strong> Fleet Maintenance Department, and pilot experience to ensure that<br />

no restriction(s) exist.<br />

A tripped circuit breaker may be reset one time after a 90-second cooling<br />

period. Consider the relative importance of the inoperative component to<br />

the remainder of the flight, as well as other indications (i.e., other tripped<br />

circuit breakers, etc.) prior to resetting the associated circuit breaker.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 125<br />

Discrepancy Reporting/Flight Log Entries<br />

Reporting of a system and other airplane discrepancies to the <strong>ERAU</strong> Fleet<br />

Maintenance Department is of the utmost importance. Prompt notification<br />

not only allows Fleet Maintenance to respond quickly, but to pre-plan for<br />

down line maintenance. In addition, reporting certain mechanical<br />

discrepancies such as: engine failures, fire warnings, and fire extinguisher<br />

discharges are required by regulation.<br />

Emergency Procedures<br />

Initially, flying the airplane and confirming an emergency are most<br />

important steps in dealing with any emergency. Emergency procedures<br />

may include immediate action items that are of such critical nature that they<br />

must be accomplished from memory. Memory steps are enclosed in a<br />

Dashed Box. Memory steps are to be called out and accomplished prior to<br />

reading the checklist. When accomplishing the checklist, the pilot reads<br />

the checklist aloud, taking note of all instructions. Conditions permitting,<br />

the Pilot Flying (PF) maintains an awareness of checklist progress and<br />

announces when the emergency procedure is complete.<br />

Communications<br />

Proper communication during normal, emergency, and abnormal situation<br />

is essential to safe and effective mission management. Such situations<br />

include, but are not limited to, airplane system irregularities and<br />

emergencies, medical emergencies, and diversions. In such<br />

circumstances, the pilot should communicate as appropriate with:<br />

- ATC: Declaring emergency and communicating intentions.<br />

- <strong>ERAU</strong> Dispatch: Coordinating emergency support and/or diversions.<br />

- <strong>ERAU</strong> Fleet Maintenance Department: Support for resolving and<br />

handling airplane system abnormalities.<br />

- FSS: Obtaining weather updates and coordinating emergency<br />

support and/or diversions.<br />

Advising control and resource groups of these situations as well as pilot<br />

intentions is paramount in utilizing all available resources to arrive at an<br />

informed plan of action.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


126 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF FLOW<br />

(DURING GROUND ROLL)<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To safely stop the airplane if an engine fails during the takeoff<br />

roll when the speed is below 78 KIAS, or, if airborne at a speed<br />

below 78 KIAS when the landing gear is down (extended).<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 127<br />

ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />

(DURING GROUND ROLL)<br />

If sufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVERS ............................................ IDLE IMMEDIATELY<br />

2. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL .................................................... MAINTAIN<br />

3. BRAKE .......................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />

If insufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />

4. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />

5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

6. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />

7. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

8. ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST (DURING<br />

GROUND ROLL) ................................................................ COMPLETE<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE IMMEDIATELY<br />

Upon the first indication of an engine failure during the takeoff roll,<br />

IMMEDIATELY move both THROTTLE LEVERS to IDLE while maintaining<br />

directional control.<br />

When appropriate, advise ATC, or announce on the CTAF, that the takeoff<br />

has been aborted.<br />

2. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL MAINTAIN<br />

MAINTAIN DIRECTIONAL CONTROL of the aircraft, avoiding obstacles.<br />

NOTE<br />

Items 1 and 2 must be accomplished simultaneously. An<br />

aborted takeoff is a very critical maneuver requiring timely<br />

decision-making and reaction. In addition, for every takeoff,<br />

calculating an accelerate/stop distance is important for takeoff<br />

planning and aeronautical decision-making.<br />

3. BRAKE AS REQUIRED<br />

When on the runway, BRAKE, AS REQUIRED, to stop straight ahead on<br />

the remaining runway, taking care not to lock the wheels. If able, exit the<br />

airplane onto a taxiway.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


128 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

NOTE<br />

Avoid locking the wheels, which will cause skidding, resulting<br />

in an increase in the stopping distance, and may cause one or<br />

both main gear tires to blow.<br />

If insufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />

4. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />

Place both FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position to stop the flow of fuel<br />

to the engines and reduce the possibility of fire and injury to the crew<br />

members.<br />

5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />

6. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position to ground the<br />

magnetos, disabling the engine ignition system.<br />

7. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

8. ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />

(During Ground Roll)<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF<br />

CHECKLIST (During Ground Roll), verify that all items have been<br />

accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 129<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


130 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF FLOW<br />

(ABOVE 78 KIAS, RUNWAY REMAINING)<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To safely stop the airplane when an engine fails during the takeoff roll<br />

when the speed is above 78 KIAS, or when airborne immediately after<br />

liftoff at a speed above 78 KIAS.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 131<br />

ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />

(ABOVE 78 KIAS, RUNWAY REMAINING)<br />

Landing gear is DOWN, not in transit, and discontinuing the<br />

takeoff.<br />

If sufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />

2. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL .................................................... MAINTAIN<br />

3. LAND ..................................................................... STRAIGHT AHEAD<br />

4. BRAKE .......................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />

If insufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />

5. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />

6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

7. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />

8. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

9. ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST (Above 78 KIAS,<br />

Runway Remaining) ........................................................... COMPLETE<br />

If sufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />

Upon the first indication of an engine failure during the takeoff roll,<br />

IMMEDIATELY move both THROTTLE LEVERS to IDLE while maintaining<br />

directional control.<br />

2. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL MAINTAIN<br />

MAINTAIN DIRECTIONAL CONTROL of the aircraft, maneuvering as<br />

necessary to avoid any obstacles.<br />

If airborne, land the airplane. Reduce power as necessary to maintain<br />

sufficient airspeed for directional control, adjusting the pitch attitude to<br />

avoid a high sink rate.<br />

Advise ATC, or announce on the CTAF that the takeoff has been aborted.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


132 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

NOTE<br />

Items 1 and 2 must be accomplished simultaneously. An<br />

aborted takeoff is a very critical maneuver requiring timely<br />

decision-making and reaction. In addition, for every takeoff,<br />

calculating an accelerate/stop distance is important for takeoff<br />

planning and aeronautical decision-making.<br />

3. LAND STRAIGHT AHEAD<br />

LAND STRAIGHT AHEAD, making small turns only to avoid obstructions.<br />

4. BRAKE AS REQUIRED<br />

When on the runway, BRAKE, AS REQUIRED, to stop straight ahead on<br />

the remaining runway, taking care not to lock the wheels. If able, exit the<br />

airplane onto a taxiway.<br />

NOTE<br />

Avoid locking the brakes, which will cause skidding and result<br />

in an increase in the stopping distance.<br />

If insufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />

5. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />

Place both FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position to stop the flow of fuel<br />

to the engines and reduce the possibility of fire and injury to the crew<br />

members.<br />

6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />

7. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position to ground the<br />

magnetos, disabling the engine ignition system.<br />

8. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

9. ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />

(Above 78 KIAS, Runway Remaining)<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF<br />

CHECKLIST (Above 78 KIAS, Runway Remaining), verify that all items<br />

have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 133<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


134 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF FLOW<br />

(ABOVE 78 KIAS, NO RUNWAY REMAINING)<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To safely continue the takeoff after an engine fails after liftoff ABOVE<br />

78 KIAS with no runway remaining.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 135<br />

ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />

(ABOVE 78 KIAS, NO RUNWAY REMAINING)<br />

Landing gear is UP, or in transit, and continuing the takeoff.<br />

WARNING<br />

In many combinations of aircraft weight, configuration, ambient<br />

conditions, and speed, negative climb performance may result.<br />

Refer to the <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> AFM, Chapter 5, CLIMB PERFORMANCE<br />

– ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE.<br />

1. AIRSPEED ..................................................... 90 KIAS /AS REQUIRED<br />

2. BANK ........................................ UP TO 5° INTO OPERATIVE ENGINE<br />

3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS .................................. FULL FORWARD<br />

4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ..................................... FULL FORWARD<br />

5. THROTTLE LEVERS ................................................. FULL FORWARD<br />

6. GEAR SELECTOR ............................................................................ UP<br />

7. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />

8. FUEL PUMPS .................................................................................. ON<br />

9. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................. BOTH<br />

10. INOPERATIVE ENGINE ........................................................ IDENTIFY<br />

11. THROTTLE LEVER (Suspected Engine) .......................... VERIFY/IDLE<br />

12. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Inoperative Engine) .................. FEATHER<br />

13. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ...... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

14. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM ................................ AS REQUIRED<br />

15. AIRPORT ................................................................................ RETURN<br />

Engine Securing Procedure (Time/Altitude Permitting):<br />

16. FUEL SELECTOR (Inoperative Engine) ......................................... OFF<br />

17. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) .................................................. OFF<br />

18. IGNITION SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) ....................................... OFF<br />

19. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) ............................... OFF<br />

20. ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST (Above 78 KIAS,<br />

No Runway Remaining) ...................................................... COMPLETE<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


136 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

1. AIRSPEED 90 KIAS /AS REQUIRED<br />

Adjust pitch as necessary to establish a pitch attitude (just above the level<br />

flight pitch attitude) to achieve and maintain an AIRSPEED of 90 KIAS<br />

(V YSE ), or, AS REQUIRED, for best performance.<br />

NOTE<br />

In some cases, airspeeds below 90 KIAS may be needed to<br />

clear obstacles. Once all obstacles have been cleared,<br />

accelerate to 90 KIAS, or, as required, for best performance.<br />

2. BANK UP TO 5° INTO OPERATIVE ENGINE<br />

To establish a zero side-slip condition and provide the best climb<br />

performance, BANK UP TO 5° INTO the OPERATIVE ENGINE, with the<br />

Slip/Skid indicator bar (brick) indicating ½ of a bar-width toward the side of<br />

the operative engine.<br />

3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />

Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the FULL FORWARD (Full<br />

Rich) position.<br />

4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />

Move both PROPELLER RPM LEVERS to the FULL FORWARD (High<br />

RPM) position.<br />

5. THROTTLE LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />

Move both THROTTLE LEVERS to the FULL FORWARD position.<br />

NOTE<br />

Approximately 73% of climb performance is lost during singleengine<br />

operations (at 3935 lbs.). Maximum power is required to<br />

achieve the best single-engine climb performance.<br />

6. GEAR SELECTOR UP<br />

Verify that the GEAR SELECTOR is in the UP position.<br />

7. FLAPS UP<br />

Verify that the FLAPS are in the UP position.<br />

8. FUEL PUMPS ON<br />

Verify that both FUEL PUMPS are in the ON position.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 137<br />

9. IGNITION SWITCHES BOTH<br />

Verify that the IGNITION SWITCHES are in the BOTH position.<br />

10. INOPERATIVE ENGINE IDENTIFY<br />

IDENTIFY the INOPERATIVE ENGINE by using the Dead Foot - Dead<br />

Engine method.<br />

11. THROTTLE LEVER (Suspected Engine) VERIFY/IDLE<br />

Move the THROTTLE LEVER of the Suspected inoperative Engine to the<br />

IDLE position to VERIFY that the correct engine has been identified (no<br />

change in yaw/no changes in rudder pressure).<br />

NOTE<br />

If the inoperative engine is found to be developing partial<br />

power, the decision whether to feather, or not, will need to be<br />

made.<br />

12. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Inoperative Engine) FEATHER<br />

Before the propeller stops rotating, move the PROPELLER RPM LEVER<br />

for the Inoperative Engine to the FEATHER position.<br />

NOTE<br />

The design of the propeller feathering system does not allow<br />

the feathering of a propeller that is not rotating. For this<br />

reason, It is very important that if a propeller is to be feathered,<br />

feathering must be accomplished before the propeller stops<br />

rotating.<br />

13. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Inoperative Engine) IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER for the Inoperative Engine is<br />

in the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />

14. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM AS REQUIRED<br />

Adjust the ELEVATOR TRIM and the RUDDER TRIM, AS REQUIRED, to<br />

assist in maintaining control of the aircraft.<br />

15. AIRPORT RETURN<br />

RETURN to the departure AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


138 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

NOTE<br />

A turn to crosswind should not be attempted until reaching at<br />

least 500’ above field elevation.<br />

Engine Securing Procedure (Time/Altitude Permitting):<br />

NOTE<br />

Provided that the airplane is controllable and time permits,<br />

secure the inoperative engine. The P-I-C will make that<br />

decision based on all available information.<br />

16. FUEL SELECTOR (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />

Place the FUEL SELECTOR for the Inoperative Engine in the OFF position.<br />

17. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />

Depress the FUEL PUMP switch for the Inoperative Engine to the OFF<br />

position.<br />

18. IGNITION SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCH for the Inoperative Engine to the OFF<br />

position.<br />

19. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />

Place the ALTERNATOR SWITCH for the Inoperative Engine in the OFF<br />

position.<br />

20. ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />

(ABOVE 78 KIAS, No Runway Remaining)<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF<br />

CHECKLIST (No Runway Remaining), verify that all items have been<br />

accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

NOTE<br />

Complete the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING (page 147).<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 139<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


140 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To promptly identify, troubleshoot, and restart or shut down, as<br />

appropriate, an engine that has failed in flight while maintaining<br />

aircraft control.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 141<br />

ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT CHECKLIST<br />

1. ALTITUDE/AIRSPEED .................................................. MAINTAIN/ V YSE<br />

2. BANK ........................................ UP TO 5° INTO OPERATIVE ENGINE<br />

3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS .................................. FULL FORWARD<br />

4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ...................................... FULL FORWARD<br />

5. THROTTLE LEVERS ................................................. FULL FORWARD<br />

6. GEAR SELECTOR ............................................................................ UP<br />

7. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />

8. INOPERATIVE ENGINE ........................................................ IDENTIFY<br />

9. THROTTLE (Suspected Engine) ...................................... VERIFY/IDLE<br />

If time/altitude permits, attempt a restart:<br />

10. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM ................................ AS REQUIRED<br />

11. AIRPORT .......................................................................... DETERMINE<br />

12. FUEL QUANTITY ...................................................................... CHECK<br />

13. FUEL SELECTOR (Inoperative Engine) .................. ON (CROSSFEED)<br />

14. ALTERNATE AIR ............................................................................. ON<br />

15. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ... FULL FORWARD<br />

16. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) .................................................... ON<br />

17. IGNITION SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) ..................................... BOTH<br />

18. THROTTLE LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ............................. OPEN 1½”<br />

If the restart attempt fails, or if time/altitude does not permit a restart,<br />

secure the engine.<br />

Engine Securing Procedure (Time/Altitude Permitting):<br />

19. THROTTLE LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ....................................... IDLE<br />

20. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Inoperative Engine) .................. FEATHER<br />

21. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ...... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

22. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM ................................ AS REQUIRED<br />

23. FUEL SELECTOR (Inoperative Engine) ......................................... OFF<br />

24. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) .................................................. OFF<br />

25. IGNITION SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) ....................................... OFF<br />

26. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) ............................... OFF<br />

27. FUEL CROSSFEED ...................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />

28. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />

29. ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT CHECKLIST ............ COMPLETE<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


142 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

1. ALTITUDE/AIRSPEED MAINTAIN/ V YSE<br />

Maintain ALTITUDE and AIRSPEED (V YSE or as appropriate) for the best<br />

one engine inoperative performance.<br />

2. BANK UP TO 5° INTO OPERATIVE ENGINE<br />

To establish a zero side-slip condition and provide the best climb<br />

performance, BANK UP TO 5° INTO the OPERATIVE ENGINE, with the<br />

Slip/Skid indicator bar (brick) indicating ½ of a bar-width toward the side of<br />

the operative engine<br />

3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />

Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the FULL FORWARD (Full<br />

Rich) position.<br />

4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />

Move both PROPELLER RPM LEVERS to the FULL FORWARD (High<br />

RPM) position.<br />

5. THROTTLE LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />

Move both THROTTLE LEVERS to the FULL FORWARD position.<br />

NOTE<br />

Approximately 73% of climb performance is lost during one<br />

engine inoperative operations (at 3935 lbs.). Maximum power<br />

on the operating engine is required to achieve the best singleengine<br />

climb performance.<br />

6. GEAR SELECTOR UP<br />

Verify that the GEAR SELECTOR is in the UP position.<br />

7. FLAPS UP<br />

Verify that the FLAPS are in the UP position.<br />

8. INOPERATIVE ENGINE IDENTIFY<br />

IDENTIFY the INOPERATIVE ENGINE by using the Dead Foot - Dead<br />

Engine method.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 143<br />

9. THROTTLE LEVER (Suspected Engine) VERIFY/IDLE<br />

VERIFY that suspected inoperative engine has been correctly identified by<br />

moving the THROTTLE LEVER for the Suspected Engine to the IDLE<br />

position. If correct, no change in yaw/rudder pressure should be<br />

experienced.<br />

If time/altitude permits, attempt a restart:<br />

10. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM AS REQUIRED<br />

Adjust the ELEVATOR TRIM and RUDDER TRIM, AS REQUIRED, to<br />

assist in maintaining control of the aircraft.<br />

11. AIRPORT DETERMINE<br />

DETERMINE the nearest suitable AIRPORT and turn in the direction of the<br />

airport in the event a landing may become necessary.<br />

12. FUEL QUANTITY CHECK<br />

CHECK the FUEL QUANTITY for the inoperative engine to ensure that the<br />

engine has a sufficient supply of fuel.<br />

13. FUEL SELECTOR (Inoperative Engine) ON (CROSSFEED)<br />

Verify that the FUEL SELECTOR is in the ON or CROSSFEED position, as<br />

required.<br />

14. ALTERNATE AIR ON<br />

If required, pull the ALTERNATE AIR Lever to the ON position.<br />

15. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Inoperative Engine)<br />

FULL FORWARD<br />

Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER for the Inoperative Engine is<br />

in the FULL FORWARD position.<br />

16. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) ON<br />

Depress the FUEL PUMP switch for the Inoperative Engine to the ON<br />

position and check the fuel flow.<br />

17. IGNITION SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) BOTH<br />

Verify that the IGNITION SWITCH for the Inoperative Engine is in the<br />

BOTH position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


144 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

18. THROTTLE LEVER (Inoperative Engine) OPEN 1½”<br />

Set the THROTTLE LEVER for the Inoperative Engine OPEN 1½'' from the<br />

IDLE position.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the inoperative engine is found to be developing partial<br />

power, the decision whether to feather, or not, will need to be<br />

made.<br />

If a re-start fails, or if altitude does not permit a re-start, secure<br />

the engine.<br />

Engine Securing Procedure (Time/Altitude Permitting):<br />

19. THROTTLE LEVER (Inoperative Engine) IDLE<br />

Move the THROTTLE LEVER of the suspected Inoperative Engine to the<br />

IDLE position.<br />

CAUTION<br />

Pulling the GEAR HORN circuit breaker to silence the gear horn<br />

also removes power to the STICK LIMITER.<br />

NOTE<br />

The Throttle Lever may be advanced forward enough to silence<br />

the landing gear warning horn.<br />

20. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Inoperative Engine) FEATHER<br />

Before the propeller stops rotating, move the PROPELLER RPM LEVER<br />

for the Inoperative Engine to the FEATHER position.<br />

NOTE<br />

The design of the propeller feathering system does not allow<br />

the feathering of a propeller that is not rotating. For this<br />

reason, it is very important that if a propeller is to be feathered,<br />

feathering must be accomplished before the propeller stops<br />

rotating.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 145<br />

21. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Inoperative Engine)<br />

IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER for the Inoperative Engine is<br />

in the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />

22. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM AS REQUIRED<br />

Adjust the ELEVATOR TRIM and RUDDER TRIM, AS REQUIRED, to<br />

assist in maintaining control of the aircraft.<br />

23. FUEL SELECTOR (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />

Place the FUEL SELECTOR for the Inoperative Engine in the OFF position.<br />

24. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />

Depress the FUEL PUMP switch for the Inoperative Engine to the OFF<br />

position.<br />

25. IGNITION SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCH for the Inoperative Engine to the OFF<br />

position.<br />

26. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />

Place ALTERNATOR SWITCH for the Inoperative Engine in the OFF<br />

position.<br />

27. FUEL CROSSFEED AS REQUIRED<br />

Verify that the fuel selector for the inoperative engine is in the OFF position.<br />

Move the FUEL selector for the operative engine to the CROSSFEED<br />

position, AS REQUIRED, to extend range or keep fuel weight balanced<br />

during one engine inoperative operations.<br />

NOTE<br />

Do not operate with both fuel selectors in the CROSSFEED<br />

position.<br />

The remaining fuel in the tank of the failed engine may be used<br />

for the operating engine. To extend the range and maintain<br />

lateral balance set the operating engine Fuel Selector in the<br />

CROSSFEED position.<br />

Aircraft performance data will not be valid if the inoperative<br />

engine propeller has not been feathered before its rotation has<br />

stopped.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


146 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

28. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />

29. ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT CHECKLIST,<br />

verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

NOTE<br />

Complete the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING<br />

CHECKLIST (page 147).<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 147<br />

ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING CHECKLIST<br />

1. INOPERATIVE ENGINE ....................................................... SECURED<br />

2. APPROACH BRIEFING ..................................................... COMPLETE<br />

3. SEATBELTS/HARNESSES .............................................................. ON<br />

4. FUEL SELECTOR (Operative Engine) .................... ON (CROSSFEED)<br />

5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Operative Engine) .................................<br />

..................................................................FULL FORWARD (Full Rich)<br />

6. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Operative Engine) .......... FULL FORWARD<br />

7. FUEL PUMP (Operative Engine) ...................................................... ON<br />

8. GEAR WARNING HORN ............................................................. TEST<br />

9. ALTITUDE/AIRSPEED .................... NORMAL APPROACH/ V YSE+10 KIAS<br />

When landing is assured:<br />

10. GEAR SELECTOR ..................................................................... DOWN<br />

11. FLAPS ........................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />

12. FINAL APPROACH SPEED ...................................................... 85 KIAS<br />

13. THROTTLE LEVER (Operative Engine) .................. SLOWLY REDUCE<br />

14. RUDDER TRIM ........................................................................ ADJUST<br />

15. ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING CHECKLIST ...... COMPLETE<br />

1. INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED<br />

Verify that the INOPERATIVE ENGINE is SECURED.<br />

2. APPROACH BRIEFING COMPLETE<br />

COMPLETE the APPROACH BRIEFING as appropriate.<br />

3. SEATBELTS/HARNESSES ON<br />

Ensure that all occupant(s’) SEATBELTS and shoulder HARNESSES, if<br />

applicable, are ON and adjusted (per 14 CFR Part 91.107).<br />

4. FUEL SELECTOR (Operative Engine) ON (CROSSFEED)<br />

Verify that the FUEL SELECTOR for the Operative Engine is in the ON or<br />

CROSSFEED position, as required.<br />

5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Operative Engine)<br />

FULL FORWARD (Full Rich)<br />

Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER for the Operative Engine to the<br />

FULL FORWARD (Full Rich) position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


148 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

6. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Operative Engine) FULL FORWARD<br />

Ensure that the PROPELLER RPM LEVER for the Operative Engine is in<br />

the FULL FORWARD position.<br />

7. FUEL PUMP (Operative Engine) ON<br />

Verify that the FUEL PUMP for the Operative Engine is ON.<br />

8. GEAR WARNING HORN TEST<br />

Check the GEAR WARNING HORN function by pressing and holding the<br />

TEST button to verify the aural tone and indication lights.<br />

9. ALTITUDE/AIRSPEED NORMAL APPROACH/ V YSE+10 KIAS<br />

Maintain an AIRSPEED of 100 KIAS (V YSE+10 KIAS ) and adjust ALTITUDE as<br />

necessary to prepare for a NORMAL APPROACH and landing.<br />

WARNING<br />

Under some conditions of loading and density altitude, a goaround<br />

may be impossible. A one engine inoperative goaround<br />

should be avoided if at all possible. In any event, the<br />

sudden application of power during a one engine inoperative<br />

operation will make control of the airplane more difficult.<br />

When landing is assured:<br />

10. GEAR SELECTOR DOWN<br />

Place the GEAR SELECTOR in the DOWN position. Visually check for the<br />

3 GREEN indicator lights. Visually check the external engine nacelle mirror<br />

to confirm that the nose gear is extended.<br />

11. FLAPS AS REQUIRED<br />

When landing is assured, below V FE (111 KIAS) extend the FLAPS to APP<br />

or LDG position, AS REQUIRED.<br />

NOTE<br />

One-Engine Inoperative approaches for landing with flap<br />

settings of more than Flaps up are not recommended unless<br />

the safe landing is assured. Higher flap settings increase the<br />

loss of altitude during the transition to a One-Engine<br />

Inoperative Go-around / Rejected (Balked) Landing.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 149<br />

NOTE<br />

No flap landing with power will have reduced elevator travel due<br />

to limiter being engaged above 14.5 inches MP.<br />

12. FINAL APPROACH SPEED 85 KIAS<br />

Maintain a FINAL APPROACH SPEED of 85 KIAS during the approach to<br />

the roundout.<br />

13. THROTTLE LEVER (Operative Engine) SLOWLY REDUCE<br />

Adjust the THROTTLE LEVER for the Operative Engine to SLOWLY<br />

REDUCE the power during the landing.<br />

14. RUDDER TRIM ADJUST<br />

ADJUST the RUDDER TRIM, as necessary, to assist in maintaining<br />

directional control throughout the approach and landing.<br />

15. ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING<br />

CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />

checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


150 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To safely perform a go-around maneuver with one engine inoperative.<br />

A one engine inoperative go-around should be avoided if at all<br />

possible.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 151<br />

ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND CHECKLIST<br />

CAUTION<br />

A one engine inoperative go-around should be avoided if at all<br />

possible. This procedure is not an approved maneuver to be<br />

conducted at <strong>ERAU</strong>.<br />

When initiating a go-around:<br />

1. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER .................................... FULL FORWARD<br />

2. PROPELLER RPM LEVER ........................................ FULL FORWARD<br />

3. THROTTLE LEVER .................................................... FULL FORWARD<br />

4. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />

5. GEAR SELECTOR ............................................................................ UP<br />

6. AIRSPEED ..................................................... 90 KIAS /AS REQUIRED<br />

7. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM ................................ AS REQUIRED<br />

If a positive rate of climb is not established:<br />

8. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />

9. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

10. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />

11. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

12. ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND CHECKLIST ....................<br />

.................................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />

When initiating a go-around:<br />

1. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER FULL FORWARD<br />

Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER for the operating engine is in<br />

the FULL FORWARD position.<br />

2. PROPELLER RPM CONTROL FULL FORWARD<br />

Verify that the PROPELLER RPM LEVER for the operating engine is in the<br />

FULL FORWARD position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


152 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

3. THROTTLE LEVER FULL FORWARD<br />

SMOOTHLY ADVANCE the THROTTLE LEVER for the operating engine<br />

to the FULL FORWARD position while applying sufficient rudder pressure<br />

to maintain aircraft directional control.<br />

4. FLAPS UP<br />

Retract the FLAPS slowly to the UP position to reduce drag and improve<br />

climb performance.<br />

5. GEAR SELECTOR UP<br />

After a positive climb is achieved, place the GEAR SELECTOR in the UP<br />

position to retract the landing gear. When appropriate, call out, “Gear Up,<br />

NO LIGHTS” to indicate that the landing gear has completed its retraction.<br />

NOTE<br />

Waiting until a positive climb is achieved prior to retracting the<br />

landing gear is important because, with the possibility that the<br />

airplane could contact the ground during the go-around, the<br />

landing gear will help to absorb the impact.<br />

6. AIRSPEED 90 KIAS /AS REQUIRED<br />

Adjust pitch attitude to maintain an AIRSPEED of 90 KIAS, or AS<br />

REQUIRED, until clearing obstacles. Bank up to 5° into the operating<br />

engine to help establish best climb performance<br />

7. ELEVATOR TRIM /RUDDER TRIM AS REQUIRED<br />

Adjust the ELEVATOR TRIM / RUDDER TRIM, AS REQUIRED, to assist in<br />

maintaining directional control throughout the climb out.<br />

NOTE<br />

If a positive rate of climb cannot be established, land so as to<br />

keep clear of obstacles with the landing gear extended.<br />

If time allows, the following steps can reduce the risk of fire in<br />

an event of collision with obstacles after touchdown:<br />

8. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />

Place both FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position to stop the flow of fuel<br />

to the engines and reduce the possibility of fire and injury to the crew<br />

members.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 153<br />

9. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />

10. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position to ground the<br />

magnetos, disabling the engine ignition system.<br />

11. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

12. ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND<br />

CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />

checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


154 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To promptly extinguish an engine fire on the ground.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 155<br />

ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST<br />

1. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />

2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ....................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

3. THROTTLE LEVER .................................................... FULL FORWARD<br />

4. IGNITION SWITCH ..........................................................START (OFF)<br />

After the engine has stopped:<br />

5. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST ....................................................... OFF<br />

6. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

7. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />

8. CANOPY ..................................................................................... OPEN<br />

9. AIRPLANE ......................................................................... EVACUATE<br />

10. ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST ........................... COMPLETE<br />

1. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />

Place the FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position.<br />

2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER of the affected engine to the IDLE<br />

CUT-OFF position.<br />

3. THROTTLE LEVER FULL FORWARD<br />

Move the THROTTLE LEVER of the affected engine to the FULL<br />

FORWARD position.<br />

4. IGNITION SWITCH START (OFF)<br />

If an engine fire develops during engine start, continue engaging the starter<br />

by keeping the respective IGNITION SWITCH in the START position, or<br />

OFF if attempting to start the engine is no longer necessary.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the engine starts, continue its operation to ingest the fire into<br />

the engine and extinguish the flames. Once the fire has been<br />

extinguished, shut down all engines and have Fleet<br />

Maintenance inspect the affected engine. If the fire continues,<br />

shut down both engines and evacuate the aircraft.<br />

5. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST OFF<br />

Move the CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST levers to the OFF position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


156 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

6. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

7. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position.<br />

8. CANOPY OPEN<br />

Unlatch the CANOPY handle and push OPEN.<br />

9. AIRPLANE EVACUATE<br />

EVACUATE the AIRPLANE and seek help in extinguishing the fire. Do not<br />

attempt to fight the fire alone. It is safer for the flight crew and passengers<br />

to get professional firefighting personnel to fight the fire.<br />

10. ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST, verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 157<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


158 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKEOFF FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To promptly extinguish an engine fire after an aborted takeoff.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 159<br />

ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />

2. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST ....................................................... OFF<br />

3. BRAKES ........................................................................ AS REQUIRED<br />

After stopping:<br />

4. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />

5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

6. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) ....................... FULL FORWARD<br />

7. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

When the engine has stopped:<br />

8. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />

9. CANOPY ..................................................................................... OPEN<br />

10. AIRPLANE ......................................................................... EVACUATE<br />

11. ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST ............... COMPLETE<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />

At the first indication of engine fire or smoke, promptly move the<br />

THROTTLE LEVERS to the IDLE position to abort the takeoff.<br />

2. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST OFF<br />

Move the CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST levers to the OFF position.<br />

3. BRAKES AS REQUIRED<br />

Apply BRAKES AS REQUIRED, stopping straight ahead on the remaining<br />

runway.<br />

After stopping:<br />

4. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />

Place the FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position.<br />

5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


160 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

6. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) FULL FORWARD<br />

Move the THROTTLE LEVER of the Affected Engine to the FULL<br />

FORWARD position.<br />

7. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

When the engine has stopped:<br />

8. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position.<br />

9. CANOPY OPEN<br />

Unlatch the CANOPY handle and push the canopy OPEN.<br />

10. AIRPLANE EVACUATE<br />

EVACUATE the AIRPLANE and seek help in extinguishing the fire. Do not<br />

attempt to fight the fire alone. It is safer for the flight crew and passengers<br />

to get professional firefighting personnel to fight the fire.<br />

11. ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST,<br />

verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 161<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


162 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To promptly extinguish an engine fire occurring in flight.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 163<br />

ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) ........................................... IDLE<br />

2. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Affected Engine) ....................... FEATHER<br />

3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Affected Engine) ........... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

4. FUEL SELECTOR (Affected Engine) ............................................. OFF<br />

5. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST ....................................................... OFF<br />

6. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) ...................................................... OFF<br />

7. IGNITION SWITCH (Affected Engine) ............................................ OFF<br />

8. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Affected Engine) .................................... OFF<br />

9. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />

10. ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST ............................. COMPLETE<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) IDLE<br />

Move the THROTTLE LEVER for the Affected Engine to the IDLE position.<br />

2. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Affected Engine) FEATHER<br />

Move the PROPELLER RPM LEVER for the Affected Engine to the<br />

FEATHER position.<br />

3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Affected Engine) IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER for the Affected Engine to the IDLE<br />

CUT-OFF position.<br />

4. FUEL SELECTOR (Affected Engine) OFF<br />

Place the FUEL SELECTOR for the Affected Engine in the OFF position.<br />

5. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST OFF<br />

Move the CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST levers to the OFF position.<br />

6. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) OFF<br />

Depress the FUEL PUMP switch for the Affected Engine to the OFF<br />

position.<br />

7. IGNITION SWITCH (Affected Engine) OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCH for the Affected Engine to the OFF position.<br />

8. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Affected Engine) OFF<br />

Place the ALTERNATOR SWITCH for the Affected Engine in the OFF<br />

position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


164 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

CAUTION<br />

In the event of the development of an extreme amount of<br />

smoke, the front canopy may be unlatched during flight. This<br />

will allow the canopy to open partially in order to improve<br />

ventilation. The canopy will remain open in this position. Flight<br />

characteristics will not be affected significantly.<br />

The maximum demonstrated airspeed for emergency opening<br />

the front canopy in flight is 120 KIAS. Do not exceed 120 KIAS.<br />

9. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />

10. ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST, verify that<br />

all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

NOTE<br />

Complete the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING<br />

CHECKLIST (page 147).<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 165<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


166 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ELECTRICAL FIRE ON GROUND FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To safely extinguish an electrical fire occurring on the ground.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 167<br />

ELECTRICAL FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST<br />

1. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

If one or both engines are running:<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />

3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

4. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />

5. CANOPY ..................................................................................... OPEN<br />

6. AIRPLANE ......................................................................... EVACUATE<br />

NOTE<br />

If the fire persists, obtain the portable fire extinguisher<br />

(located behind Co-Pilot seat) and extinguish, if practical.<br />

7. ELECTRIC FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST ..................... COMPLETE<br />

1. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

If one or both engines are running:<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />

Move both THROTTLE LEVERS to the IDLE position.<br />

3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />

4. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position.<br />

5. CANOPY OPEN<br />

Unlatch the CANOPY handle and push the canopy OPEN.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the fire persists, obtain the portable fire extinguisher (located<br />

behind Co-Pilot seat) and extinguish, if practical.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


168 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

6. AIRPLANE EVACUATE<br />

EVACUATE the AIRPLANE and seek help in extinguishing the fire. Do not<br />

attempt to fight the fire alone. It is safer for the flight crew and passengers<br />

to get professional firefighting personnel to fight the fire.<br />

7. ELECTRICAL FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ELECTRICAL FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST,<br />

verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 169<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


170 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ELECTRIC FIRE IN FLIGHT FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To promptly extinguish electric fire occurring in flight.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 171<br />

ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST<br />

1. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH .................................................. ON<br />

2. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

3. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

4. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST ....................................................... OFF<br />

5. EMERGENCY WINDOWS ............................................ AS REQUIRED<br />

NOTE<br />

If the fire persists, obtain the portable fire extinguisher<br />

(located behind Co-Pilot seat) and extinguish, if practical.<br />

6. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />

7. ELECTRIC FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST ......................... COMPLETE<br />

1. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH ON<br />

Remove the seal wire and place the HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH in<br />

the ON position.<br />

2. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

3. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

CAUTION<br />

Depressing the Electric Master Switch to the OFF position will<br />

shut down all electric equipment and cause the Landing Gear to<br />

extend. With the Horizon Emergency Switch ON, the<br />

emergency battery will supply power to the Standby Attitude<br />

Indicator and the Flood Light.<br />

In the event of the development of an extreme amount of<br />

smoke, the front canopy may be unlatched during flight. This<br />

will allow the canopy to open partially in order to improve<br />

ventilation. The canopy will remain open in this position. Flight<br />

characteristics will not be affected significantly.<br />

The maximum demonstrated airspeed for emergency opening<br />

the front canopy in flight is 120 KIAS. Do not exceed 120 KIAS.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


172 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

4. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST OFF<br />

Move the CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST levers to the OFF position.<br />

5. EMERGENCY WINDOWS AS REQUIRED<br />

If the fire has been extinguished, open the EMERGENCY WINDOWS of<br />

the aircraft, AS REQUIRED.<br />

6. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />

7. ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST, verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 173<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


174 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

EMERGENCY EXIT FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To safely evacuate the aircraft during a ground emergency.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 175<br />

EMERGENCY EXIT CHECKLIST<br />

1. CANOPY ..................................................................................... OPEN<br />

2. REAR DOOR .............................................................................. OPEN<br />

3. AIRPLANE ......................................................................... EVACUATE<br />

4. EMERGENCY EXIT CHECKLIST ...................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. CANOPY OPEN<br />

Unlatch the forward CANOPY handle and push the CANOPY up to the<br />

OPEN position.<br />

2. REAR DOOR OPEN<br />

Unlatch the REAR passenger DOOR handle and OPEN the DOOR.<br />

CAUTION<br />

In case of a roll over the airplane on the ground, the rear side<br />

door can be used as an exit. For this purpose unlock the front<br />

hinge of the rear side door. The function is displayed on a<br />

placard besides the hinge.<br />

3. AIRPLANE EVACUATE<br />

EVACUATE the AIRPLANE and seek assistance.<br />

4. EMERGENCY EXIT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the EMERGENCY EXIT CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />

items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


176 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

STARTER MALFUNCTION FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To respond immediately to a G1000 “Starter” Warning.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 177<br />

STARTER MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST<br />

If the starter does not disengage from the engine after starting<br />

(starter warning message “LH/RH STARTER” on the G1000<br />

remains illuminated or flashing after the engine has started):<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER ........................................................................ IDLE<br />

2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ....................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

3. IGNITION SWITCH ........................................................................ OFF<br />

4. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

5. STARTER MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST ........................... COMPLETE<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER IDLE<br />

Move the THROTTLE LEVER of the affected side to the IDLE position.<br />

2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER of the affected side to the IDLE<br />

CUT-OFF position.<br />

3. IGNITION SWITCH OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCH of the affected side to the OFF position.<br />

4. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

5. STARTER MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the STARTER MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST, verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


178 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

EMERGENCY DESCENT FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To descend as rapidly as possible to a lower altitude, or to the<br />

ground, for an emergency landing.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 179<br />

EMERGENCY DESCENT CHECKLIST<br />

1. LANDING GEAR ........................................................................ DOWN<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />

3. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ...................................... FULL FORWARD<br />

4. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />

5. AIRSPEED .................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />

Maximum Structural Cruising Speed VNO = 155 KIAS<br />

Never Exceed Speed in Smooth-Air VNE = 194 KIAS<br />

6. EMERGENCY DESCENT CHECKLIST ............................. COMPLETE<br />

CAUTION<br />

An excessive cooling rate may occur when the engine is very<br />

hot and the Throttle Lever is reduced abruptly in a fast descent.<br />

This will be indicated by a flashing Cylinder Head Temperature<br />

indication.<br />

1. LANDING GEAR DOWN<br />

Ensure that the airspeed is below 156 KIAS and place the LANDING GEAR<br />

in the DOWN position to increase drag and rate of descent.<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />

Move the THROTTLE LEVERS smoothly to the IDLE position.<br />

3. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />

Carefully, move the PROPELLER RPM LEVERS to the FULL FWD position<br />

to increase drag.<br />

4. FLAPS UP<br />

Ensure FLAPS switch is in the UP position to avoid exceeding aircraft<br />

limitation in the descent.<br />

5. AIRSPEED AS REQUIRED<br />

Increase AIRSPEED by applying forward pressure on the control stick AS<br />

REQUIRED.<br />

6. EMERGENCY DESCENT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the EMERGENCY DESCENT CHECKLIST verify that<br />

all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


180 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

CABIN CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To terminate the flight and land safely after encountering cabin<br />

carbon monoxide contamination.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 181<br />

CABIN CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION<br />

CHECKLIST<br />

The red CO ALERT annunciator will illuminate.<br />

1. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST .......................................................... OFF<br />

2. VENTILATION ............................................................................... OPEN<br />

3. EMERGENCY WINDOWS............................................................. OPEN<br />

4. FORWARD CANOPY .................................................................... OPEN<br />

5. AIRPORT ....................................................................................... LAND<br />

6. CABIN CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION CHECKLIST ...............<br />

.................................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />

1. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST OFF<br />

Move the CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST levers to the OFF position.<br />

2. CABIN VENTS OPEN<br />

OPEN the cabin VENTS to circulate fresh air into the cabin.<br />

3. EMERGENCY WINDOWS OPEN<br />

OPEN the EMERGENCY WINDOWS.<br />

4. FORWARD CANOPY OPEN<br />

Unlatch and OPEN the CANOPY, locking it in Cooling-Gap position.<br />

CAUTION<br />

The maximum demonstrated airspeed for emergency opening<br />

the front canopy in flight is 120 KIAS. Do not exceed 120 KIAS.<br />

5. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />

6. CABIN CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the CABIN CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION<br />

CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />

checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


182 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS<br />

FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To safely depart an area of icing conditions.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 183<br />

UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS<br />

CHECKLIST<br />

Leave icing area immediately for higher ambient temperature.<br />

1. AUTOPILOT ..................................................................... DISENGAGE<br />

2. PITOT HEAT .................................................................................... ON<br />

3. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST ......................................................... ON<br />

4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ............................................... INCREASE<br />

5. ALTERNATE AIR ............................................................................. ON<br />

6. EMERGENCY WINDOWS/VENTS ............................... AS REQUIRED<br />

NOTE<br />

Advise ATC of flight conditions, intentions, and if an<br />

emergency is expected.<br />

If the Pitot Heating fails or faulty indications observed:<br />

7. ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE ................................................. OPEN<br />

8. EMERGENCY WINDOWS/VENTS ............................................CLOSE<br />

CAUTION<br />

Ice build-up increases stalling speeds. Leave the icing area<br />

immediately and consider an alternate altitude and flight path<br />

for a higher ambient temperature.<br />

9. UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS CHECKLIST .....<br />

.................................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />

1. AUTOPILOT DISENGAGE<br />

Grasp the control stick and press AP DISC switch to DISENGAGE the<br />

AUTOPILOT and Re-Trim as required.<br />

2. PITOT HEAT ON<br />

Depress the PITOT HEAT switch to the ON position.<br />

3. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST ON<br />

Move the CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST levers to the ON position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


184 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS INCREASE<br />

INCREASE PROPELLER RPM by adjusting the LEVERS position to<br />

prevent ice build-up on the propeller blades.<br />

5. ALTERNATE AIR ON<br />

Pull the ALTERNATE AIR lever to the ON position.<br />

6. EMERGENCY WINDOWS/VENTS AS REQUIRED<br />

Open the EMERGENCY WINDOWS/VENTS of the aircraft, AS<br />

REQUIRED, to improve visibility.<br />

NOTE<br />

Advise ATC of flight conditions, intentions, and if an emergency<br />

is expected.<br />

If the Pitot Heating fails or faulty indications are observed:<br />

7. ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE OPEN<br />

Place the ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE switch in the OPEN position.<br />

8. EMERGENCY WINDOWS/VENTS CLOSE<br />

CLOSE the EMERGENCY WINDOWS and cockpit VENTS to prevent<br />

inaccurate indications when using the Alternate Static Source.<br />

CAUTION<br />

Ice build-up increases stalling speeds. Leave the icing area<br />

immediately and consider an alternate altitude and flight path<br />

for a higher ambient temperature.<br />

9. UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING<br />

CONDITIONS CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished<br />

and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 185<br />

(This page intentionally left blank)<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


186 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

UNINTENTIONAL SPIN RECOVERY FLOW<br />

OBJECTIVE:<br />

To attempt recovery after entering into a spin. Because FAA<br />

regulations do not require spin demonstrations of multi-engine<br />

airplanes, spin tests have not been conducted.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 187<br />

UNINTENTIONAL SPIN RECOVERY CHECKLIST<br />

WARNING<br />

Intentional spins are prohibited in this airplane. In the event a<br />

spin is encountered unintentionally, immediate recovery<br />

actions must be taken. Single-engine stalls are prohibited.<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />

2. RUDDER .......................... FULL OPPOSITE TO DIRECTION OF SPIN<br />

3. AILERONS ............................................................................ NEUTRAL<br />

4. ELEVATOR ............................................................. FULLY FORWARD<br />

5. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />

When rotation has stopped:<br />

6. RUDDER ............................................................................... NEUTRAL<br />

7. ELEVATOR ............................................................. PULL CAREFULLY<br />

CAUTION<br />

Steps 1 through 5 must be accomplished immediately and<br />

simultaneously.<br />

8. UNINTENTIONAL SPIN RECOVERY CHECKLIST............ COMPLETE<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />

Promptly move the THROTTLE LEVERS to the IDLE position to prevent<br />

aggravating the spin characteristics.<br />

2. RUDDER FULL OPPOSITE TO DIRECTION OF SPIN<br />

Apply FULL RUDDER in the OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF the SPIN to stop<br />

the rotation.<br />

3. AILERONS NEUTRAL<br />

Ensure that the AILERONS are in the NEUTRAL position. Ailerons<br />

positioned other than in the Neutral position may aggravate the spin,<br />

making recovery impossible.<br />

4. ELEVATOR FULLY FORWARD<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


188 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

Move the ELEVATOR control stick FULLY FORWARD to reduce the critical<br />

angle of attack and break the stall.<br />

5. FLAPS UP<br />

Ensure FLAPS are in the UP position to avoid exceeding aircraft limitations.<br />

When rotation has stopped:<br />

6. RUDDER NEUTRAL<br />

When the spin rotation stops, ensure that the RUDDER is in the NEUTRAL<br />

position (with no left or right rudder input).<br />

7. ELEVATOR PULL CAREFULLY<br />

PULL the ELEVATOR control stick CAREFULLY to recover from the<br />

resulting dive. Monitor airspeed so as not to exceed aircraft limitations<br />

during the recovery.<br />

8. UNINTENTIONAL SPIN RECOVERY CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the UNINTENTIONAL SPIN RECOVERY CHECKLIST<br />

verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 189<br />

LANDING GEAR SYSTEM MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST<br />

Red WARN GEAR UNSAFE light illuminates:<br />

The landing gear is in neither the final up or down-and-locked position<br />

(in transit).<br />

Gear Selector in the UP position, and loss of hydraulic pressure<br />

prevents keeping the landing gear in the fully-retracted (UP) position<br />

(check electric load and nacelle mirrors for the nose gear position).<br />

GEAR circuit breaker is pulled.<br />

Gear Warning Horn sounds:<br />

The landing gear is not down-and-locked, and the MP is below 14” on<br />

one or both engines.<br />

The Gear Selector is in the UP position, and the Flaps are in the LDG<br />

position.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the landing gear fails to retract or an unsafe indication<br />

continues after landing gear retraction, return the landing<br />

GEAR SELECTOR to the DOWN position.<br />

DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RE-CYCLE THE GEAR SELECTOR.<br />

Contact <strong>ERAU</strong> Flight Ops (123.30 MHz) before taking any other<br />

action.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


190 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

MANUAL EXTENSION OF LANDING GEAR<br />

CHECKLIST<br />

NOTE<br />

When operating in the KDAB area, do not initiate this procedure<br />

until <strong>ERAU</strong> Flight Operations and Fleet Maintenance have been<br />

notified. Before initiating this procedure, proceed to a safe<br />

holding area, or request radar vectors from ATC.<br />

NOTE<br />

In case of a failure of the electrically-driven hydraulic gear<br />

pump which is driving the landing gear actuators, the landing<br />

gear can be extended manually at speeds up to 156 KIAS (113<br />

in cold air). The manual extension of the landing gear may take<br />

up to 20 seconds.<br />

Before extending the landing gear manually:<br />

1. INSTRUMENTS LIGHT .................................................................. OFF<br />

2. GEAR HORN/LIGHTS .................................................................. TEST<br />

3. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ........................................... VERIFY ON<br />

4. ALTERNATORS / LH MAIN BUS VOLTAGE ....................... ON/CHECK<br />

5. CIRCUIT BREAKER ............................................................. CHECK IN<br />

If the landing gear does not check down and locked:<br />

6. GEAR SELECTOR ................................................................... DOWN<br />

7. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE ............................ PULL OUT<br />

NOTE<br />

If one or more landing gear indicator lights fail to illuminate<br />

(gear down-and-locked indication), reduce airspeed below 110<br />

KIAS and apply moderate yawing and pitching to assist in<br />

bringing the landing gear into the locked position.<br />

8. GEAR INDICATOR LIGHTS ................................... CHECK/3 GREEN<br />

NOTE<br />

If the landing gear is correctly extended and locked, as<br />

indicated by the three green lights<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 191<br />

9. MANUAL EXTENSION OF LANDING GEAR CHECKLIST .......................<br />

.................................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />

Before extending the landing gear manually:<br />

1. INSTRUMENTS LIGHT OFF<br />

Verify that the INSTRUMENT LIGHTS knob is turned to the OFF position to<br />

prevent dimming the landing gear position lights.<br />

2. GEAR WARNING LIGHTS/HORN TEST<br />

Check the GEAR WARNING LIGHTS/HORN function by pressing and<br />

holding the TEST button to verify the aural tone and indication lights.<br />

3. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ON<br />

Verify that the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH is in the ON position.<br />

4. ALTERNATORS / LH MAIN BUS VOLTAGE ON/CHECK<br />

Verify that the ALTERNATORS are ON and CHECK the LH MAIN BUS<br />

VOLTAGE (25.1-30V).<br />

5. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK IN<br />

CHECK that the GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKERS are IN. Do not reset a<br />

popped circuit breaker more than one time to avoid the possibility of an<br />

electrical fire.<br />

If the landing gear does not check down and locked:<br />

6. GEAR SELECTOR DOWN<br />

Verify that the landing GEAR SELECTOR is in the DOWN position.<br />

7. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE PULL OUT<br />

Below 156 KIAS (113 KIAS in cold air below 0°C), PULL OUT the MANUAL<br />

GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE.<br />

NOTE<br />

The landing gear should now be extended by gravity and relief<br />

of hydraulic pressure from the system. If one or more landing<br />

gear indicator lights do not indicate the gear down and locked,<br />

reduce airspeed below 110 KIAS and apply moderate yawing<br />

and pitching to assist in bringing the landing gear into the<br />

locked position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


192 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

8. GEAR INDICATOR LIGHTS CHECK 3 GREEN<br />

Verify that the GEAR INDICATOR LIGHTS are showing 3 GREEN.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the landing gear is correctly extended and locked, as<br />

indicated by the 3 green lights, the red light is illuminated<br />

additionally if the GEAR circuit breaker is pulled.<br />

9. MANUAL EXTENSION OF LANDING GEAR CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the MANUAL EXTENSION OF LANDING GEAR<br />

CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />

checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the landing gear cannot be extended to the down-and-locked<br />

position, continue according to GEAR-UP LANDING<br />

CHECKLIST (page 193).<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 193<br />

GEAR-UP LANDING CHECKLIST<br />

NOTE<br />

This procedure applies if the landing gear is fully retracted.<br />

1. APPROACH ........................................................................... NORMAL<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />

If the time/situation allows, the following steps can help to reduce the<br />

risk of fire:<br />

1. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />

2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

3. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />

4. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

5. GEAR-UP LANDING CHECKLIST ..................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. APPROACH NORMAL<br />

Maintain stabilized APPROACH at NORMAL speed.<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />

Move the THROTTLE LEVERS smoothly to the IDLE position just before<br />

touchdown.<br />

If the time/situation allows, the following steps can help to reduce the<br />

risk of fire:<br />

3. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />

Place both FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position to stop the flow of fuel<br />

to the engines and reduce the possibility of fire and injury to the crew<br />

members.<br />

4. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />

5. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position to ground the<br />

magnetos, disabling the engine ignition system.<br />

6. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


194 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

NOTE<br />

Contact the surface with minimum airspeed and maintain<br />

directional control with rudder as long as possible so as to<br />

avoid collision with obstacles.<br />

7. GEAR-UP LANDING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the GEAR-UP LANDING CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />

items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 195<br />

LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE TIRE CHECKLIST<br />

CAUTION<br />

A defective tire is not usually easy to detect. The damage<br />

normally occurs during takeoff or landing, and is hardly<br />

noticeable during fast taxiing. It is only during the Roll-out after<br />

landing or at lower taxiing speeds that a tendency to swerve<br />

occurs. Rapid and determined action is then required.<br />

1. ATC ........................................................................................... ADVISE<br />

2. LAND .......................................................................... RUNWAY EDGE<br />

3. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL .................................................... MAINTAIN<br />

4. LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE TIRE CHECKLIST .............. COMPLETE<br />

1. ATC ADVISE<br />

ADVISE ATC of the emergency and request a wider runway if available.<br />

2. LAND RUNWAY EDGE<br />

LAND the airplane with one wing low at the RUNWAY EDGE that is located<br />

on the side of the intact tire to utilize more runway surface while correcting<br />

to maintain directional control.<br />

3. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL MAINTAIN<br />

MAINTAIN DIRECTIONAL CONTROL using the rudder and brake as<br />

necessary.<br />

NOTE<br />

It is possible that the brake must be applied strongly if<br />

necessary to the point where the wheel locks. The wide track of<br />

the landing gear will prevent the airplane from tipping over a<br />

wide speed range. There is no pronounced tendency to tip<br />

even when skidding.<br />

4. LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE TIRE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE TIRE CHECKLIST,<br />

verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


196 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

NOTE<br />

Prepare for a greater rolling distance. If there is no pedal<br />

pressure before landing, consider the following:<br />

CAUTION<br />

If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a<br />

collision can be reduced as follows:<br />

1. FUEL SELECTORS ........................................................................ OFF<br />

2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

3. IGNITION SWITCHES .................................................................... OFF<br />

4. LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE BRAKES CHECKLIST ........ COMPLETE<br />

1. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />

Place both FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position to stop the flow of fuel<br />

to the engines and reduce the possibility of fire and injury to the crew<br />

members.<br />

2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />

3. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position to ground the<br />

magnetos, disabling the ignition system.<br />

4. LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE BRAKES CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE BRAKES<br />

CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />

checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 197<br />

UNLOCKED DOORS CHECKLIST<br />

1. AIRSPEED .............................................................................. REDUCE<br />

2. CANOPY ................................................................................... CHECK<br />

3. REAR DOOR ............................................................................ CHECK<br />

4. FRONT BAGGAGE DOORS ..................................................... CHECK<br />

5. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />

WARNING<br />

NEVER UNLOCK THE REAR PASSENGER DOOR DURING<br />

FLIGHT. IT MAY BREAK AWAY.<br />

6. UNLOCKED DOORS CHECKLIST .................................. COMPLETE<br />

1. AIRSPEED REDUCE<br />

Adjust the Throttle Levers to REDUCE the AIRSPEED.<br />

2. CANOPY OPEN<br />

CHECK the forward CANOPY handle and verify visually that it is closed.<br />

3. REAR DOOR CHECK<br />

CHECK the REAR passenger DOOR and verify visually that it is closed.<br />

4. FRONT BAGGAGE DOORS CHECK<br />

CHECK the FRONT BAGGAGE DOORS and verify visually that both doors<br />

are closed.<br />

5. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />

WARNING<br />

NEVER UNLOCK THE REAR PASSENGER DOOR DURING<br />

FLIGHT. IT MAY BREAK AWAY.<br />

6. UNLOCKED DOORS CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the UNLOCKED DOORS CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />

items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


198 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURE<br />

CHECKLIST<br />

1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........................................................... CHECK IN<br />

2. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH .................................................. ON<br />

3. FLOOD LIGHT ............................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />

4. ENGINE CONTROLS ..................................................................... SET<br />

5. FLAPS SWITCH ........................................................................ CHECK<br />

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is indicated with<br />

both alternators set to ON:<br />

6. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ........................................................... OFF<br />

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />

7. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ............................................................. ON<br />

8. RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH .......................................................... OFF<br />

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />

9. RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ............................................................ ON<br />

10. 10. AIRPORT ................................................................................ LAND<br />

11. COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURE CHECKLIST ................<br />

.................................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />

1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK IN<br />

CHECK that all CIRCUIT BREAKERS are IN by running your hand across<br />

the circuit breaker panel to confirm. Do not reset a popped circuit breaker<br />

more than one time to avoid the possibility of an electrical fire.<br />

2. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH ON<br />

Remove the seal wire and place the HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH in<br />

the ON position.<br />

3. FLOOD LIGHT AS REQUIRED<br />

Adjust the FLOOD LIGHT knob to set AS REQUIRED and monitor the<br />

standby flight instruments.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 199<br />

NOTE<br />

The backup artificial horizon and flood light will have electrical<br />

power for at least 1.5 hours.<br />

4. ENGINE CONTROLS SET<br />

SET the ENGINE CONTROLS based on the Throttle Levers position and<br />

engine noise.<br />

5. FLAPS SWITCH CHECK<br />

CHECK the FLAPS SWITCH and prepare for landing with flaps in the<br />

present position.<br />

NOTE<br />

Refer to FAILURE IN FLAP SYSTEM CHECKLIST (page 234).<br />

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is indicated with<br />

both alternators set to ON:<br />

6. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH OFF<br />

Place the LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the OFF position.<br />

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />

7. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ON<br />

Place the LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the ON position.<br />

8. RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH OFF<br />

Place the RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the OFF position.<br />

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />

9. RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ON<br />

Place the RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the ON position.<br />

10. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


200 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

NOTE<br />

The landing gear up-lock is no longer assured. The landing<br />

gear may slowly extend. The landing can be extended manually<br />

according to MANUAL EXTENSION OF LANDING GEAR<br />

CHECKLIST (page 190).<br />

WARNING<br />

LEAVE THE ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ON.<br />

11. COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURE CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURE<br />

CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />

checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 201<br />

ONE ALTERNATOR FAILED CHECKLIST<br />

1. ALT PROT/ALT CONT CIRCUIT BREAKER ............................. CHECK<br />

2. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (AFFECTED SIDE) ............................. CYCLE<br />

If the alternator does not come back on line:<br />

3. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Affected Side) ........................................ OFF<br />

4. BUS VOLTAGE ..................................................................... MONITOR<br />

5. ELECTRICAL CONSUMERS (LOAD) ..................................... REDUCE<br />

6. ONE ALTERNATOR FAILED CHECKLIST ........................ COMPLETE<br />

1. ALT PROT/ALT CONT CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK<br />

CHECK both ALT PROT and ALT CONT CIRCUIT BREAKERS of the<br />

respective alternator. Do not reset a popped circuit breaker more than one<br />

time to avoid the possibility of an electrical fire.<br />

2. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Affected Side) CYCLE<br />

CYCLE the affected alternator by placing the respective ALTERNATOR<br />

SWITCH in the OFF position and returning it to the ON position.<br />

If the alternator does not come back on line:<br />

3. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Affected Side) OFF<br />

Place the ALTERNATOR SWITCH for the Affected Side alternator in the<br />

OFF position.<br />

4. BUS VOLTAGE MONITOR<br />

MONITOR the BUS VOLTAGE to ensure normal electric load on the<br />

operating alternator.<br />

5. ELECTRICAL CONSUMERS (LOAD) REDUCE<br />

REDUCE the ELECTRICAL CONSUMERS (LOAD) by switching off any<br />

non-essential equipment if required.<br />

6. ONE ALTERNATOR FAILED CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ONE ALTERNATOR FAILED CHECKLIST, verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


202 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

BOTH ALTERNATORS FAILED CHECKLIST<br />

WARNING<br />

If both alternators fail at the same time, reduce all electrical<br />

equipment to a minimum. Expect the battery to last 30 minutes<br />

and land the airplane as soon as possible.<br />

1. LH/RH ALTERNATORS ................................................................. OFF<br />

2. ELECTRIC CONSUMERS (LOAD)...................REDUCE TO MINIMUM<br />

3. GEAR SELECTOR .................................................... DOWN/ 3 GREEN<br />

4. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE ............................... PULL OUT<br />

5. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH .................................................. ON<br />

6. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />

CAUTION<br />

Avoid Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC). Advise Air<br />

Traffic Control (ATC) and, if necessary, declare emergency.<br />

7. COMPLETE ELECTRIC SYSTEM FAILURE CHECKLIST ....................<br />

.................................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />

1. LH/RH ALTERNATORS SWITCHES OFF<br />

Place the LH/RH ALTERNATOR SWITCHES in the OFF position.<br />

2. ELECTRIC CONSUMERS (LOAD) REDUCE<br />

REDUCE the ELECTRIC LOAD by switching off all non-essential<br />

equipment (XPDR, PITOT HEAT, LIGHTS, AV MASTER), as necessary.<br />

3. GEAR SELECTOR DOWN / 3 GREEN<br />

Place the landing GEAR SELECTOR in the DOWN position and verify 3<br />

GREEN indication lights.<br />

4. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE PULL OUT<br />

After observing the landing gear down-and-locked indication, PULL OUT<br />

the MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 203<br />

5. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH ON<br />

Remove the seal wire and place the HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH in<br />

the ON position.<br />

6. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />

CAUTION<br />

Avoid Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC). Advise Air<br />

Traffic Control (ATC) and, if necessary, declare an emergency.<br />

7. BOTH ALTERNATORS FAILURE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ALTERNATORS FAILURE CHECKLIST, verify that<br />

all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


204 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

OVERVOLTAGE CHECKLIST<br />

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is indicated with<br />

both alternators On:<br />

1. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ........................................................... OFF<br />

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />

2. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ............................................................. ON<br />

3. RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH .......................................................... OFF<br />

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />

4. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ........................................................... OFF<br />

5. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />

6. OVERVOLTAGE CHECKLIST ............................................ COMPLETE<br />

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is indicated with<br />

both alternators set to on:<br />

1. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH OFF<br />

Place the LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the OFF position.<br />

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />

2. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ON<br />

Place the LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the ON position.<br />

3. RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH OFF<br />

Place the RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the OFF position.<br />

If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />

4. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH OFF<br />

Place the LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the OFF position.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 205<br />

WARNING<br />

Leave Electric Master Switch ON.<br />

5. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />

6. OVERVOLTAGE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the OVER VOLTAGE CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />

have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


206 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

ENGINE RUNNING ROUGHLY CHECKLIST<br />

1. AIRSPEED ................................................ AS REQUIRED/ABOVE V MC<br />

2. FUEL SELECTORS ............................................................. CHECK ON<br />

3. ENGINE INSTRUMENTS .......................................................... CHECK<br />

4. THROTTLE LEVERS ................................................................. CHECK<br />

5. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ..................................................... CHECK<br />

6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS .................... SET SMOOTH RUNNING<br />

7. ALTERNATE AIR ............................................................................. ON<br />

8. FUEL PUMP (AFFECTED ENGINE) .................. ON/CHECK SMOOTH<br />

9. IGNITION SWITCHES .................................................... CHECK BOTH<br />

10. THROTTLE/PROPELLER RPM/MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS<br />

(Affected Engine) ................................................. VARIOUS SETTINGS<br />

WARNING<br />

If the problem does not clear immediately and the engine is no<br />

longer producing sufficient power, shutdown the affected<br />

engine and feather in accordance with the ENGINE SECURING<br />

(FEATHERING) CHECKLIST (page 141) and the ONE ENGINE<br />

INOPERATIVE LANDING checklist (page 147).<br />

11. AIRPORT ....................................................................................... LAND<br />

12. ENGINE RUNNING ROUGHLY CHECKLIST ...................... COMPLETE<br />

1. AIRSPEED AS REQUIRED/ABOVE V MC<br />

Adjust the Throttle Levers AS REQUIRED to maintain a safe AIRSPEED<br />

ABOVE V MC.<br />

2. FUEL SELECTORS CHECK ON<br />

CHECK that both FUEL SELECTORS are in the ON position.<br />

3. ENGINE INSTRUMENTS CHECK<br />

CHECK ENGINE INSTRUMENTS for any abnormal indication.<br />

4. THROTTLE LEVERS CHECK<br />

CHECK the position of both THROTTLE LEVERS.<br />

5. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS CHECK<br />

CHECK the position of both PROPELLER RPM LEVERS.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 207<br />

6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS SET SMOOTH RUNNING<br />

Adjust the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to SET a position that will result<br />

in the SMOOTH RUNNING of the engine(s).<br />

7. ALTERNATE AIR ON<br />

Pull the ALTERNATE AIR lever to the ON position.<br />

8. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) ON/CHECK SMOOTH<br />

Depress the FUEL PUMP switch of the affected engine to the ON position.<br />

CHECK for SMOOTH running of the engine.<br />

9. IGNITION SWITCHES CHECK BOTH<br />

CHECK that the IGNITION SWITCHES are in the BOTH position.<br />

WARNING<br />

If the problem does not clear immediately and the engine is no<br />

longer producing sufficient power, shutdown the affected<br />

engine and feather in accordance with the ENGINE SECURING<br />

(FEATHERING) CHECKLIST (page 141) and the ONE ENGINE<br />

INOPERATIVE LANDING checklist (page 147).<br />

10. THROTTLE/PROPELLER RPM/MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS<br />

(AFFECTED ENGINE)<br />

VARIOUS SETTINGS<br />

Adjust the THROTTLE/PROPELLER RPM/MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS<br />

for VARIOUS power SETTINGS to obtain Smooth running of the affected<br />

engine.<br />

11. ENGINE RUNNING ROUGHLY CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ENGINE RUNNING ROUGHLY CHECKLIST, verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


208 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST<br />

1. G1000 MESSAGE/INDICATION ................................................ CHECK<br />

2. OIL TEMPERATURE ................................................................. CHECK<br />

If the oil pressure indication drops below the green sector and the oil<br />

temperature is normal (oil pressure warning light does not illuminate<br />

or flash):<br />

3. OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT ....................................... MONITOR<br />

4. OIL TEMPERATURE ............................................................. MONITOR<br />

5. CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE ...................................... MONITOR<br />

If the oil pressure indication drops below the green sector while the<br />

oil or cylinder head temperature is rising, or if the oil pressure<br />

warning light illuminates or flashes, or if both occur together:<br />

6. ENGINE POWER ............................................... MINIMUM REQUIRED<br />

7. LAND ............................................................. AS SOON AS POSSIBLE<br />

WARNING<br />

Be prepared for an engine failure and emergency landing.<br />

If oil pressure tending to zero combined with vibration, loss of oil,<br />

possibly unusual metallic noise and smoke:<br />

8. ENGINE SHUTDOWN ................................................... IMMEDIATELY<br />

9. EMERGENCY LANDING ...................................................... PERFORM<br />

10. LOSS OIL PRES CHECKLIST ............................................ COMPLETE<br />

NOTE<br />

Proceed with the ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING)<br />

PROCEDURE (page 141) and the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE<br />

LANDING CHECKLIST (page 147).<br />

1. G1000 MESSAGE INDICATION CHECK<br />

CHECK the Garmin G1000 MESSAGE and flashing gauge INDICATION.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 209<br />

2. OIL TEMPERATURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the OIL TEMPERATURE indication.<br />

If the oil pressure indication drops below the green sector and the oil<br />

temperature is normal (oil pressure warning light does not illuminate<br />

or flash):<br />

3. OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT MONITOR<br />

MONITOR the OIL PRESSURE red WARNING LIGHT to check if the oil<br />

pressure indication is defective.<br />

4. OIL TEMPERATURE MONITOR<br />

MONITOR the OIL TEMPERATURE on the MFD.<br />

5. CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE MONITOR<br />

MONITOR the CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE on the MFD.<br />

If the oil pressure indication drops below the green sector while the<br />

oil or cylinder head temperature is rising, or if the oil pressure<br />

warning light illuminates or flashes, or if both occur together:<br />

6. ENGINE POWER MINIMUM REQUIRED<br />

Adjust the Throttle Levers to obtain MINIMUM REQUIRED ENGINE<br />

POWER.<br />

WARNING<br />

Be prepared for an engine failure and emergency landing. If Oil<br />

pressure tending to zero combined with vibration, loss of oil,<br />

possibly unusual metallic noise, and smoke.<br />

7. LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable airport AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. Be<br />

prepared for engine failure.<br />

8. ENGINE SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATELY<br />

SHUTDOWN the affected ENGINE IMMEDIATELY in accordance with<br />

Engine Securing Procedure.<br />

9. EMERGENCY LANDING PERFORM<br />

PERFORM an EMERGENCY LANDING.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


210 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

10. LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST, verify that<br />

all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 211<br />

HIGH OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST<br />

1. OIL TEMPERATURE ................................................................ CHECK<br />

NOTE<br />

If the oil temperature is normal, it is probable that the fault lies<br />

in the oil pressure indication, which should thus be ignored (the<br />

airplane should be serviced).<br />

2. HIGH OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST ..................................... COMPLETE<br />

1. OIL TEMPERATURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the OIL TEMPERATURE to verify if the oil pressure indication is<br />

faulty.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the oil temperature is normal, it is probable that the fault lies<br />

in the oil pressure indication, which should thus be ignored (the<br />

airplane should be serviced).<br />

2. HIGH OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the HIGH OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />

items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


212 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST<br />

First, attempt to lower the oil temperature by increasing the airspeed.<br />

1. CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE .......................................... CHECK<br />

2. EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE ............................................. CHECK<br />

If the Cylinder Head Temperature or Exhaust Gas Temperature is also<br />

high:<br />

3. OIL PRESSURE ........................................................................ CHECK<br />

If oil pressure is low, proceed with LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE<br />

CHECKLIST (page 208).<br />

If the oil pressure is in the green sector:<br />

4. MIXTURE SETTING .............................................. CHECK/ENRICHEN<br />

5. POWER .................................................................................. REDUCE<br />

If problem still persists:<br />

6. ENGINE (Affected) ........................................................... SHUTDOWN<br />

Proceed with the ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING)<br />

PROCEDURE (page 141) and the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE<br />

LANDING CHECKLIST (page 147).<br />

7. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />

8. HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST ........................... COMPLETE<br />

1. CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE of the affected engine to<br />

verify if the oil temperature indication is faulty.<br />

2. EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE of the affected engine to<br />

verify if the oil temperature indication is faulty.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 213<br />

NOTE<br />

If neither the Cylinder Head Temperature not the Exhaust Gas<br />

Temperature is high, the fault may be in the oil temperature<br />

indication. The airplane should be serviced.<br />

If the Cylinder Head Temperature or Exhaust Gas Temperature is also<br />

high:<br />

3. OIL PRESSURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the OIL PRESSURE indication of the affected engine.<br />

If oil pressure is low, proceed with LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE<br />

CHECKLIST (page 208).<br />

If the oil pressure is in the green sector:<br />

4. MIXTURE SETTING CHECK/ENRICHEN<br />

CHECK the MIXTURE SETTING and adjust the Mixture Control Lever of<br />

the affected engine to ENRICHEN the Mixture if necessary.<br />

5. POWER REDUCE<br />

Adjust the Throttle Lever of the affected engine to REDUCE POWER.<br />

If problem still persists:<br />

6. ENGINE (Affected) SHUTDOWN<br />

SHUTDOWN and secure the Affected ENGINE to avoid any major<br />

malfunction in engine components or propeller feathering system.<br />

Proceed with the ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING)<br />

PROCEDURE (page 141) and the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE<br />

LANDING CHECKLIST (page 147).<br />

7. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as possible.<br />

8. HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST, verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


214 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

HIGH CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE<br />

Cylinder Head Temperature in yellow sector or above.<br />

1. POWER .................................................................................. REDUCE<br />

2. SPEED ................................................................................ INCREASE<br />

3. MIXTURE SETTING .............................................. CHECK/ENRICHEN<br />

4. OIL TEMPERATURE ................................................................. CHECK<br />

If the oil temperature is also high:<br />

5. OIL PRESSURE ....................................................................... CHECK<br />

If oil is in the green sector:<br />

6. ENGINE (Affected) ................................................................ MONITOR<br />

If condition does not improve:<br />

7. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />

If oil pressure is low, proceed to the LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE<br />

CHECKLIST (page 208).<br />

8. HIGH CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST ...... COMPLETE<br />

1. POWER REDUCE<br />

Adjust the Throttle Lever of the affected engine to REDUCE POWER.<br />

2. AIRSPEED INCREASE<br />

If possible, adjust the pitch attitude to INCREASE AIRSPEED to increase<br />

the airflow into the engine and help the external cooling process.<br />

3. MIXTURE SETTING CHECK/ENRICHEN<br />

CHECK the MIXTURE SETTING and adjust the Mixture Control Lever of<br />

the affected engine to ENRICHEN the Mixture if necessary.<br />

4. OIL TEMPERATURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the OIL TEMPERATURE of the affected engine.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


If the oil temperature is also high:<br />

<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 215<br />

5. OIL PRESSURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the OIL PRESSURE of the affected engine.<br />

If oil is in the green sector:<br />

6. ENGINE (Affected) MONITOR<br />

Continue to MONITOR the affected ENGINE indication and G1000<br />

Warning messages.<br />

If condition does not improve:<br />

7. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as possible.<br />

If oil pressure is low, proceed to the LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE<br />

CHECKLIST (page 208).<br />

8. HIGH CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the HIGH CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE<br />

CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />

checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


216 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM CHECKLIST<br />

RPM moves on its own into the red sector.<br />

1. PROPELLER RPM LEVER................................................. PULL BACK<br />

2. FRICTION ADJUSTER .............................................................. CHECK<br />

3. OIL PRESSURE ........................................................................ CHECK<br />

Following a loss of oil or oil pressure, the propeller governor sets a<br />

high RPM. In this case the RPM should be regulated using the<br />

THROTTLE LEVER.<br />

Proceed with the LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST (page<br />

208).<br />

If oil pressure is normal:<br />

- If the indication does not change in spite of an audible drop in<br />

RPM, it is probable that the RPM indication is defective, which<br />

should thus be ignored (the airplane should be serviced).<br />

- If there is no audible drop in RPM, it is probable that the<br />

governor system is defective. In this case the RPM should be<br />

regulated using the Throttle Lever.<br />

4. UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM CHECKLIST ...................... COMPLETE<br />

1. PROPELLER RPM LEVER PULL BACK<br />

PULL BACK on the PROPELLER RPM LEVER of the affected engine and<br />

listen for an associated drop in RPM.<br />

2. FRICTION ADJUSTER CHECK<br />

CHECK the Engine Controls quadrant FRICTION ADJUSTER and adjust it<br />

if necessary.<br />

3. OIL PRESSURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the OIL PRESSURE indication of the affected engine.<br />

Following a loss of oil or oil pressure, the propeller governor<br />

sets a high RPM. In this case the RPM should be regulated<br />

using the Throttle Lever.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 217<br />

Proceed with the LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST (page<br />

208).<br />

If oil pressure is normal:<br />

- If the indication does not change in spite of an audible drop in<br />

RPM, it is probable that the RPM indication is defective, which<br />

should thus be ignored (the airplane should be serviced).<br />

- If there is no audible drop in RPM, it is probable that the<br />

governor system is defective. In this case the RPM should be<br />

regulated using the Throttle Lever.<br />

4. UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM CHECKLIST, verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


218 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

UN-COMMANDED LOW RPM CHECKLIST<br />

1. PROPELLER RPM LEVER .................................................. HIGH RPM<br />

2. FUEL PUMP ........................................................................ CHECK ON<br />

3. FUEL SELECTORS ............................................................. CHECK ON<br />

4. FRICTION ADJUSTER ............................................. CHECK/TIGHTEN<br />

Listen for a rise in engine RPM:<br />

If there is no audible rise in RPM, the governor system may be<br />

defective. In this case, the RPM can be regulated within certain<br />

limits using the throttle.<br />

5. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />

WARNING<br />

Be prepared for a possible engine failure.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the indication does not change in spite of an audible rise in<br />

RPM, the RPM indication may be defective, which should thus<br />

be ignored (the airplane should be serviced). Synchronize<br />

audibly to the engine with the good indication.<br />

6. UN-COMMANDED LOW RPM ......................................... CHECKLIST<br />

1. PROPELLER RPM LEVER HIGH RPM<br />

Adjust the PROPELLER RPM LEVER by moving it forward to obtain HIGH<br />

RPM.<br />

2. FUEL PUMP CHECK ON<br />

CHECK that the FUEL PUMP switch of the affected engine is in the ON<br />

position.<br />

3. FUEL SELECTORS CHECK ON<br />

CHECK that the FUEL SELECTORS are placed in the ON position.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 219<br />

4. FRICTION ADJUSTER CHECK/TIGHTEN<br />

CHECK the Engine Controls quadrant FRICTION ADJUSTER and<br />

TIGHTEN it if necessary.<br />

Listen for a rise in engine RPM:<br />

If there is no audible rise in RPM, the governor system may be<br />

defective. In this case, the RPM can be regulated within certain<br />

limits using the throttle.<br />

5. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as possible.<br />

WARNING<br />

Be prepared for a possible engine failure.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the indication does not change in spite of an audible rise in<br />

RPM, the RPM indication may be defective, which should thus<br />

be ignored (the airplane should be serviced). Synchronize<br />

audibly to the engine with the good indication.<br />

6. UN-COMMANDED LOW RPM CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the UN-COMMANDED LOW RPM CHECKLIST, verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


220 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

HIGH FUEL FLOW CHECKLIST<br />

1. FUEL PRESSURE ..................................................................... CHECK<br />

NOTE<br />

Fuel pressure in the green sector may mean no leak and the<br />

likely cause a defective fuel flow indication (the airplane should<br />

be serviced).<br />

A low fuel flow (Warning message: L/R FUEL PR LO), may<br />

indicate a leak between the injection system and the injectors. It<br />

may be necessary to shut down the affected engine to prevent a<br />

fire.<br />

2. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />

3. HIGH FUEL FLOW CHECKLIST ........................................ COMPLETE<br />

1. FUEL PRESSURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the FUEL PRESSURE of the affected engine by monitoring the<br />

respective Fuel Flow on the MFD.<br />

NOTE<br />

Fuel pressure in the green sector may mean no leak and the<br />

likely cause a defective fuel flow indication (the airplane should<br />

be serviced).<br />

A low fuel flow (Warning message: L/R FUEL PR LO), may<br />

indicate a leak between the injection system and the injectors. It<br />

may be necessary to shut down the affected engine to prevent a<br />

fire.<br />

2. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as possible.<br />

3. HIGH FUEL FLOW CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the HIGH FUEL FLOW CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />

items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 221<br />

OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) ................... CHANGE SETTING<br />

CAUTION<br />

The THROTTLE LEVER should be moved slowly, in order to<br />

avoid over-speeding and excessively rapid RPM changes.<br />

If problem persists:<br />

2. AIRPORT .................................................................................... LAND<br />

3. OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST .............. COMPLETE<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER CHANGE SETTING<br />

CHANGE the THROTTLE LEVER to find a SETTING that obtains a steady<br />

RPM.<br />

CAUTION<br />

The THROTTLE LEVER should be moved slowly to avoid<br />

propeller over-speeding and excessive RPM changes.<br />

If problem persists:<br />

2. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT.<br />

3. OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST<br />

verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


222 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

PROPELLER OVERSPEED CHECKLIST<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER SETTING ................................................ CHANGE<br />

CAUTION<br />

The THROTTLE LEVER should be moved slowly, in order t<br />

avoid over-speeding and excessively rapid RPM changes.<br />

If problem persists:<br />

2. AIRPORT ........................................................................................ LAND<br />

NOTE<br />

Prepare for engine malfunction in accordance with<br />

OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST (page 221).<br />

3. PROPELLER OVERSPEED CHECKLIST.............................. COMPLETE<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER CHANGE SETTING<br />

CHANGE the THROTTLE LEVER SETTING to obtain a steady RPM.<br />

CAUTION<br />

The THROTTLE LEVER should be moved slowly, in order t<br />

avoid over-speeding and excessively rapid RPM changes.<br />

If problem persists:<br />

2. AIRPORT LAND<br />

LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT.<br />

NOTE<br />

Prepare for engine malfunction in accordance with<br />

OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST (page 221).<br />

3. PROPELLER OVERSPEED CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the PROPELLER OVERSPEED CHECKLIST verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 223<br />

DEFECTIVE ENGINE CONTROLS<br />

DEFECTIVE MIXTURE CONTROL<br />

1. FUEL SELECTOR (Affected side) ................................. AS REQUIRED<br />

2. HIGH POWER .............................................................................. TEST<br />

3. APPROACH AND LANDING ................................................. PLANNED<br />

1. FUEL SELECTOR AS REQUIRED<br />

It may be necessary to shut down the engine using the FUEL SELECTOR<br />

or ignition switch, AS REQUIRED<br />

2. HIGH POWER TEST<br />

During descent, test the reaction of the engine to a higher power setting. A<br />

lean mixture can lead to engine roughness and a loss of power.<br />

3. APPROACH AND LANDING PLANNED<br />

The APPROACH AND LANDING must be planned accordingly to avoid<br />

sudden loss of performance or directional control due to asymmetric thrust.<br />

DEFECTIVE THROTTLE CONTROL<br />

If uncontrollable at high power:<br />

1. ENGINE POWER ........................................ PROPELLER RPM LEVER<br />

2. AIRPORT ........................................................................... APPROACH<br />

3. ENGINE SHUTDOWN .................................................. IF NECESSARY<br />

1. ENGINE POWER PROPELLER RPM LEVER<br />

Adjust the PROPELLER RPM LEVER to control ENGINE POWER. Adjust<br />

carefully so as not to overheat the engine or cause further damage.<br />

2. AIRPORT APPROACH<br />

APPROACH the nearest AIRPORT and prepare for an emergency landing.<br />

Plan the approach accordingly if approaching with power setting higher or<br />

lower than normal.<br />

3. ENGINE SHUTDOWN (Affected Engine) IF NECESSARY<br />

IF NECESSARY, perform an ENGINE SHUTDOWN of the Affected Engine,<br />

securing it in accordance with the Engine Securing Procedure.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


224 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

DEFECTIVE PROPELLER RPM CONTROL<br />

1. ENGINE POWER ................................................... THROTTLE LEVER<br />

2. AIRPORT .......................................................................... APPROACH<br />

3. LANDING ............................................................................... NORMAL<br />

4. DEFECTIVE ENGINE CONTROLS CHECKLIST ............... COMPLETE<br />

1. ENGINE POWER THROTTLE LEVER<br />

Adjust the THROTTLE LEVER to control ENGINE POWER.<br />

2. AIRPORT APPROACH<br />

APPROACH the nearest AIRPORT and plan for a normal landing.<br />

3. LANDING NORMAL<br />

Perform a normal landing.<br />

4. DEFECTIVE ENGINE CONTROLS CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the DEFECTIVE ENGINE CONTROLS CONTROL<br />

CHECKLIST verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />

checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 225<br />

Section 4:<br />

ABNORMAL<br />

PROCEDURES<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


226 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

Successful handling of abnormal situations is largely dependent on the<br />

judgment and skill of the crew. All abnormal conditions should be handled<br />

with planning and organization. Although it is not possible to write specific<br />

procedures to cover every facet of every abnormal situation or irregularity a<br />

pilot may confront, it is possible to establish certain operating guidelines.<br />

The overriding matter of importance is very basic: someone must fly the<br />

airplane. In addition to executing the required procedure(s), the pilot must<br />

still devote primary attention to the control and navigation of the airplane<br />

with regard to terrain, weather, air traffic control, and airplane configuration.<br />

Abnormal Procedures<br />

An abnormal procedure is a procedure not classified by the aircraft<br />

manufacturer as a normal or emergency procedure. The abnormal<br />

procedures that follow are the only abnormal procedures provided by the<br />

aircraft manufacturer and may not cover every abnormal situation that may<br />

be encountered during flight. The Abnormal procedures do not include<br />

immediate action or memory items because the checklist items are not<br />

time-critical in nature.<br />

If an abnormal situation arises, the number one priority is to maintain<br />

control of the airplane, and then confirm the situation and follow the<br />

appropriate procedures.<br />

When operating in the pseudo-crew environment, the pilot not flying (PNF)<br />

shall perform the checklist and announce its completion. The Pilot flying<br />

(PF) shall maintain an awareness of the checklist progress.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 227<br />

AIR STARTING/UNFEATHERING CHECKLIST<br />

Restarting the engine is possible at all airspeeds above a safe<br />

flying airspeed up to V NE (194 KIAS) and up to the maximum<br />

demonstrated operating altitude.<br />

1. AIRSPEED .............................................................. 90 KIAS (Minimum)<br />

2. FUEL SELECTORS ......................................................................... ON<br />

3. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) ....................................... CHECK ON<br />

4. THROTTLE LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ....................... 1” FROM IDLE<br />

5. ALTERNATE AIR .......................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />

6. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ....... FULL FORWARD<br />

NOTE<br />

When propeller unfeathering occurs, it may be necessary to<br />

retard the propeller control to prevent the propeller from<br />

overspeeding.<br />

In the event of a total electrical power failure, the propeller<br />

accumulator will not unfeather the propeller. In this case,<br />

increase airspeed safely until propeller windmills.<br />

After the propeller windmills:<br />

7. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER .................................... FULL FORWARD<br />

8. IGNITION SWITCH ...................................................................... BOTH<br />

9. ALTERNATOR SWITCH .................................................................. ON<br />

If propeller does not windmill:<br />

10. IGNITION SWITCH ............................................ START (Until Windmill)<br />

If engine does not start:<br />

11. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ...... IDLE CUT-OFF/ADVANCE SLOWLY<br />

If it is not possible to start the engine, continue with ENGINE<br />

SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE (page 141).<br />

After engine start:<br />

12. POWER SETTING ................................ 22” MP/2200 RPM/150° F CHT<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


228 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

13. ALTERNATOR SWITCH .................................................................. ON<br />

14. FUEL PUMP ................................................................................... OFF<br />

15. AIR STARTING/UNFEATHERING CHECKLIST ................. COMPLETE<br />

1. AIRSPEED 90 KIAS (Minimum)<br />

Maintain a Minimum AIRSPEED of 90 KIAS.<br />

2. FUEL SELECTORS ON<br />

Verify that both FUEL SELECTORS are in the ON position.<br />

3. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) CHECK ON<br />

CHECK that the FUEL PUMP switch for the Inoperative Engine is in the ON<br />

position.<br />

4. THROTTLE LEVER (Inoperative Engine) 1” FROM IDLE<br />

Place the THROTTLE LEVER for the Inoperative Engine 1” from the IDLE<br />

position.<br />

5. ALTERNATE AIR (Inoperative Engine) AS REQUIRED<br />

CHECK that the ALTERNATE AIR for the Inoperative Engine is Open or<br />

Closed, AS REQUIRED.<br />

6. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Inoperative Engine) FULL FORWARD<br />

Move the PROPELLER RPM LEVER for the Inoperative Engine to the<br />

FULL FORWARD position to start the propeller windmilling.<br />

In the event of a total electrical power failure, the propeller<br />

accumulator will not unfeather the propeller. In this case,<br />

increase airspeed safely until propeller windmills.<br />

After the propeller windmills:<br />

7. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER FULL FORWARD<br />

Once the propeller starts windmilling, slowly move the MIXTURE<br />

CONTROL LEVER to the FULL FORWARD position.<br />

8. IGNITION SWITCH BOTH<br />

Place the IGNITION SWITCH for the engine started to the BOTH position.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 229<br />

9. ALTERNATOR SWITCH ON<br />

Place the ALTERNATOR SWITCH for the engine started to the ON position<br />

and verify a positive load and power distribution balance.<br />

If propeller does not windmill:<br />

10. IGNITION SWITCH START (Until Windmill)<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCH for the engine started to the START position<br />

until the propeller begins to Windmill.<br />

If engine does not start:<br />

11. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER<br />

IDLE CUT-OFF/ADVANCE SLOWLY<br />

Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER to the IDLE CUT-OFF position,<br />

and then ADVANCE the Mixture Control Lever SLOWLY to start the<br />

engine.<br />

NOTE<br />

When propeller unfeathering occurs, it may be necessary to<br />

retard the propeller control to prevent the propeller from<br />

overspeeding.<br />

If it is not possible to start the engine, continue with ENGINE<br />

SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE (page 141).<br />

After engine start:<br />

12. POWER SETTING 22” MP/2200 RPM/150° F CHT<br />

Once the engine has started, use a POWER SETTING of 22” MP and 2200<br />

RPM until the Cylinder Head Temperature reaches at least 150° F<br />

(beginning of CHT green range) and resume normal cruise.<br />

13. ALTERNATOR SWITCH ON<br />

Place the ALTERNATOR SWITCH for the engine started to the ON position<br />

and verify a positive load and power distribution balance.<br />

14. FUEL PUMP OFF<br />

Once the engine has started and the temperature is within the green range,<br />

depress the FUEL PUMP switch to the OFF position.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


230 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

WARNING<br />

If the oil pressure has not moved into the green sector within 15<br />

seconds after starting, switch off the engine and proceed with<br />

the ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE (page<br />

141).<br />

15. AIR STARTING/UNFEATHERING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the AIR STARTING/UNFEATHERING CHECKLIST<br />

verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 231<br />

PRECAUTIONARY LANDING CHECKLIST<br />

1. APPROPRIATE LANDING AREA ............................ SELECT/SURVEY<br />

2. WIND .................................................................................. CONSIDER<br />

3. ATC ........................................................................................... ADVISE<br />

4. APPROACH ............................. NORMAL APPROACH AND LANDING<br />

5. TOUCHDOWN .................................. LOWEST POSSIBLE AIRSPEED<br />

If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a<br />

collision with obstacles can be reduced after a safe touchdown<br />

as follows:<br />

6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

7. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />

8. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />

9. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />

10. PRECAUTIONARY LANDING CHECKLIST ....................... COMPLETE<br />

NOTE<br />

A landing of this type is only necessary when there is a<br />

reasonable suspicion that due to operational factors such as<br />

fuel shortage, weather conditions, etc. the possibility of<br />

endangering the airplane and its occupants by continuing the<br />

flight cannot be excluded. The pilot is required to decide<br />

whether or not a controlled landing in a field represents a lower<br />

risk than an attempt to reach the target airfield under all<br />

circumstances.<br />

1. APPROPRIATE LANDING AREA SELECT/SURVEY<br />

SELECT a suitable and appropriate landing area. SURVEY the area for<br />

condition and obstacles.<br />

2. WIND CONSIDER<br />

CONSIDER the WIND direction, choose the landing area, and plan<br />

accordingly.<br />

3. ATC ADVISE<br />

Advise ATC of your intentions and any assistance required.<br />

4. APPROACH NORMAL APPROACH AND LANDING<br />

APPROACH the landing area and plan for a NORMAL APPROACH AND<br />

LANDING.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


232 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

5. TOUCHDOWN LOWEST POSSIBLE AIRSPEED<br />

TOUCHDOWN at the LOWEST POSSIBLE AIRSPEED.<br />

If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a<br />

collision with obstacles can be reduced after a safe touchdown<br />

as follows:<br />

6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />

Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />

7. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />

Place the FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position.<br />

8. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />

Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position.<br />

9. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />

Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />

10. PRECAUTIONARY LANDING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the PRECAUTIONARY LANDING CHECKLIST verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 233<br />

CANOPY IN COOLING GAP POSITION CHECKLIST<br />

CAUTION<br />

If takeoff was inadvertently done with the canopy in the cooling<br />

gap position, DO NOT attempt to close the canopy in flight.<br />

1. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />

2. CANOPY ON COOLING GAP POSITION CHECKLIST ..... COMPLETE<br />

1. AIRPORT LAND<br />

Return to the AIRPORT and LAND. Do not attempt to close the canopy in<br />

flight.<br />

2. CANOPY IN COOLING GAP POSITION CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the CANOPY IN COOLING GAP POSITION<br />

CHECKLIST verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />

checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


234 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

FAILURE IN FLAP SYSTEM CHECKLIST<br />

Failure in position indication or function:<br />

1. FLAPS POSITION ................................................... CHECK VISUALLY<br />

2. AIRSPEED ...................................... WHITE SECTOR (Max. 111 KIAS)<br />

3. FLAPS SWITCH ...................................... RE-CHECK ALL POSITIONS<br />

Use the following approach and landing procedures:<br />

Only flaps UP or APP available:<br />

4. AIRSPEED .............................................................. 85 KIAS (Minimum)<br />

5. TOUCHDOWN ............................................ FLAT APPROACH ANGLE<br />

6. THROTTLE LEVERS .............................. AIRSPEED/DESCENT RATE<br />

Only flaps LDG available:<br />

7. LAND ................................................................. NORMAL APPROACH<br />

NOTE<br />

No flap landing with power will have reduced elevator travel due<br />

to limiter being engaged above 14.5” MP.<br />

WARNING<br />

Depending on aircraft mass and/or density altitude, a go-around<br />

with Flaps in APP or LDG position may become impossible.<br />

8. FAILURE IN FLAP SYSTEM CHECKLIST .......................... COMPLETE<br />

1. FLAPS POSITION CHECK VISUALLY<br />

CHECK the FLAPS VISUALLY to determine their POSITION. Adjust the<br />

Instrument Lights knob to prevent it from dimming the Flaps indication<br />

lights.<br />

2. AIRSPEED WHITE SECTOR (Max. 111 KIAS)<br />

Maintain the airspeed within the WHITE SECTOR below a Maximum of 111<br />

KIAS (VFE).<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 235<br />

3. FLAPS SWITCH RE-CHECK ALL POSITIONS<br />

Place the FLAPS SWITCH in VARIOUS POSITIONS to confirm a<br />

malfunction.<br />

Use the following approach and landing procedures:<br />

Only flaps UP or APP available:<br />

4. AIRSPEED 85 KIAS (Minimum)<br />

Perform an approach and landing with a Minimum AIRSPEED of 85 KIAS.<br />

5. TOUCHDOWN FLAT APPROACH ANGLE<br />

TOUCHDOWN with a FLAT APPROACH ANGLE (small flare).<br />

Only flaps LDG available:<br />

6. THROTTLE LEVERS AIRSPEED/DESCENT RATE<br />

Use the THROTTLE LEVERS to control the AIRSPEED and the DESCENT<br />

RATE.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the Flaps system malfunction is confirmed. Keep the Flaps<br />

switch in its current position to avoid unexpected operation at<br />

critical phases of flight.<br />

7. LAND NORMAL APPROACH<br />

LAND the airplane using a NORMAL APPROACH AND LANDING<br />

technique.<br />

NOTE<br />

No flap landing with power will have reduced elevator travel due<br />

to limiter being engaged above 14.5” MP.<br />

WARNING<br />

Depending on aircraft mass and/or density altitude, a go-around<br />

with Flaps in APP or LDG position may become impossible.<br />

8. FAILURE IN FLAP SYSTEM CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the FAILURE IN FLAP SYSTEM CHECKLIST verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


236 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

NO FLAP LANDING CHECKLIST<br />

CAUTION<br />

The landing gear unsafe warnings related to the Landing wing<br />

flap position will be inoperative.<br />

1. DESCENT CHECKLIST ..................................................... COMPLETE<br />

2. TRAFFIC PATTERN SPEED .................................................. 100 KIAS<br />

3. LANDING GEAR ..................................................................... EXTEND<br />

4. POWER ...................................................................................... 15” MP<br />

5. APPROACH ............................................................................. 95 KIAS<br />

NOTE<br />

If the approach is not stabilized, callout, “200 feet, Not<br />

stabilized, Going around”, and execute a go-around.<br />

CAUTION<br />

No flap landings with power will have reduced elevator travel<br />

due to limiter being engaged above 14.5 inches MP.<br />

6. TOUCHDOWN ...................................... MAIN WHEEL FIRST/GENTLY<br />

7. RUNWAY .......................................................... EXIT AT SAFE SPEED<br />

8. NO FLAP LANDING CHECKLIST ........................................ COMPLETE<br />

NOTE<br />

This maneuver is not to be practice in the aircraft for the<br />

purpose of training.<br />

1. DESCENT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

COMPLETE the DESCENT CHECKLIST.<br />

2. TRAFFIC PATTERN SPEED 100 KIAS<br />

Maintain a SPEED of 100 KIAS in the TRAFFIC PATTERN.<br />

3. LANDING GEAR EXTEND<br />

EXTEND LANDING GEAR abeam your point of intended landing.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 237<br />

4. POWER 15” MP<br />

SET power to 15” MP.<br />

5. APPROACH 95 KIAS<br />

Maintain an airspeed of 95 KIAS throughout the APPROACH.<br />

NOTE<br />

If the approach is not stabilized, callout, “200 feet, Not<br />

stabilized, Going around”, and execute a go-around.<br />

CAUTION<br />

No flap landings with power will have reduced elevator travel<br />

due to limiter being engaged above 14.5 inches MP.<br />

6. TOUCHDOWN MAIN WHEEL FIRST/GENTLY<br />

TOUCHDOWN GENTLY on the MAIN WHEELS first.<br />

7. RUNWAY EXIT AT SAFE SPEED<br />

EXIT the RUNWAY once a SAFE SPEED for ground operations has been<br />

reached.<br />

8. NO FLAP LANDING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the NO FLAP LANDING CHECKLIST verify that all<br />

items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

NOTE<br />

This maneuver is not to be practice in the aircraft for the<br />

purpose of training.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


238 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC PUMP<br />

CHECKLIST<br />

1. LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS ............................... CHECK<br />

2. GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKER .......................................................... PULL<br />

3. CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC PUMP CHECKLIST .....<br />

............................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />

NOTE<br />

Complete the MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE LANDING GEAR<br />

CHECKLIST (page 190).<br />

NOTE<br />

The landing gear might extend as the hydraulic system<br />

pressure decreases. Expect higher aerodynamic drag,<br />

resulting in degraded flight performance, increased fuel<br />

consumption and decrease range.<br />

Unscheduled maintenance action is required after landing.<br />

1. LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS CHECK<br />

CHECK the LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS to verify their<br />

status.<br />

2. GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKER PULL<br />

PULL out the GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKER.<br />

3. CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC PUMP CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

Upon completion of the CONTINUANCE OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC<br />

PUMP CHECKLIST verify that all items have been accomplished and that<br />

the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Complete the MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE LANDING GEAR<br />

CHECKLIST (page 190).<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 239<br />

HYDRAULIC PUMP FAILURE CHECKLIST<br />

1. LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS .............................. CHECK<br />

2. GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKER ....................................................... CHECK<br />

3. HYDRAULIC PUMP FAILURE CHECKLIST....................... COMPLETE<br />

NOTE<br />

If necessary, complete the MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE<br />

LANDING GEAR CHECKLIST (page 190).<br />

NOTE<br />

The landing gear might extend as the hydraulic system<br />

pressure decreases. Expect higher aerodynamic drag,<br />

resulting in degraded flight performance, increased fuel<br />

consumption, and decreased range.<br />

Unscheduled maintenance action is required after landing.<br />

1. LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS CHECK<br />

CHECK the LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS to verify their<br />

status.<br />

2. GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKER CHECK<br />

CHECK to verify that the GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKER is In. If the circuit<br />

breaker has popped, reset by depressing the circuit breaker to the IN<br />

position (attempt no more than one time).<br />

3. CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC PUMP CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the HYDRAULIC PUMP FAILURE CHECKLIST verify<br />

that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />

COMPLETE.<br />

If necessary, complete the MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE<br />

LANDING GEAR CHECKLIST (page 190).<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


240 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

LANDING WITH HIGH MASS (WEIGHT) CHECKLIST<br />

CAUTION<br />

Damage of the landing gear can result from a hard landing with<br />

a flight mass above the maximum landing mass (3748 lbs.).<br />

Perform a normal approach and landing procedure adjusted for the<br />

following speeds:<br />

1. APPROACH SPEED:<br />

FLAPS APP ...................................................... 90 KIAS (Minimum)<br />

FLAPS UP ...................................................... 100 KIAS (Minimum)<br />

2. FINAL APPROACH SPEED (FLAPS LDG) .............. 85 KIAS (Minimum)<br />

3. GO AROUND SPEED ............................................. 85 KIAS (Minimum)<br />

4. LANDING WITH HIGH MASS (WEIGHT) CHECKLIST ...... COMPLETE<br />

Perform a normal approach and landing procedure adjusted for the<br />

following speeds:<br />

1. APPROACH SPEED<br />

FLAPS APP<br />

90 KIAS (Minimum)<br />

FLAPS UP<br />

100 KIAS (Minimum)<br />

With FLAPS APP, maintain a Minimum APPROACH SPEED of 90 KIAS<br />

throughout the approach. If the FLAPS are in the UP position, maintain a<br />

Minimum APPROACH SPEED of 100 KIAS.<br />

2. FINAL APPROACH SPEED (Flaps LDG) 85 KIAS MINIMUM<br />

On final leg, maintain a Minimum FINAL APPROACH SPEED with Flaps<br />

LDG of 85 KIAS and perform a normal approach and landing.<br />

3. GO-AROUND AIRSPEED 85 KIAS (Minimum)<br />

If a GO-AROUND is required, execute the maneuver at a Minimum<br />

AIRSPEED of 85 KIAS.<br />

4. LANDING WITH HIGH MASS (WEIGHT) CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the LANDING WITH HIGH MASS (WEIGHT)<br />

CHECKLIST verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />

checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 241<br />

LIGHTNING STRIKE CHECKLIST<br />

1. AIRSPEED .............................................................................. REDUCE<br />

NOTE<br />

Reduce airspeed as low as practicable. Do not exceed V A (126<br />

KIAS above 3400 lbs., or 120 KIAS at or below 3400 lbs.).<br />

2. FLIGHT CONTROLS ................................................... GRASP FIRMLY<br />

3. AUTOPILOT ..................................................................... DISENGAGE<br />

4. PFD/STANDBY INSTRUMENTS ....................... VERIFY PERIOICALLY<br />

5. AIRPORT ............................................................ NEAREST SUITABLE<br />

6. LIGHTNING STRIKE CHECKLIST ..................................... COMPLETE<br />

Continue flight in VMC and land at the nearest suitable airport.<br />

CAUTION<br />

Due to damage to the airplane, comply with the following:<br />

- Avoid abrupt or full control surface movements.<br />

- Avoid high G-loads on the airframe.<br />

- Avoid high yaw angles.<br />

- Avoid turbulent air by as much distance as possible.<br />

- Do not fly into areas of known or forecast icing.<br />

- Maintain V MC<br />

1. AIRSPEED REDUCE<br />

REDUCE the AIRSPEED to a practical speed below maneuvering speed.<br />

NOTE<br />

Reduce airspeed as low as practicable. Do not exceed V A (126<br />

KIAS above 3400 lbs., or 120 KIAS below 3400 lbs.).<br />

2. FLIGHT CONTROLS GRASP FIRMLY<br />

GRASP the FLIGHT CONTROLS FIRMLY for better control of the aircraft.<br />

3. AUTOPILOT DISENGAGE<br />

DISENGAGE the AUTOPILOT by depressing the AP DISC button on the<br />

control stick, or using the Electric Trim.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


242 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

4. PFD/STANDBY INSTRUMENTS VERIFY PERIODICALLY<br />

VERIFY the PFD and the STANDBY INSTRUMENTS periodically for<br />

proper readings.<br />

5. AIRPORT NEAREST SUITABLE<br />

Proceed to the NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT and land.<br />

6. LIGHTNING STRIKE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the LIGHTNING STRIKE CHECKLIST verify that all<br />

items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Continue flight in VMC and land at the nearest suitable airport.<br />

CAUTION<br />

Due to damage to the airplane, comply with the following:<br />

- Avoid abrupt or full control surface movements.<br />

- Avoid high G-loads on the airframe.<br />

- Avoid high yaw angles.<br />

- Avoid turbulent air by as much distance as possible.<br />

- Do not fly into areas of known or forecast icing.<br />

- Maintain V MC<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 243<br />

ENGINE INDICATIONS OUTSIDE OF GREEN RANGE<br />

CHECKLIST<br />

HIGH RPM<br />

1. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Affected Engine) ........................... REDUCE<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) ....................................... REDUCE<br />

If high RPM persist, refer to UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM<br />

CHECKLIST (page 216).<br />

1. PROPELLER RPM LEVER REDUCE<br />

REDUCE the PROPELLER RPM LEVER to obtain a lower RPM indication.<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVER REDUCE<br />

REDUCE the THROTTLE LEVER to obtain a lower RPM indication.<br />

If high RPM persist, refer to UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM<br />

CHECKLIST (page 216).<br />

HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) .................................... REDUCE<br />

2. OIL PRESSURE ........................................................................ CHECK<br />

If oil pressure is outside of the green range (lower limit), expect<br />

a loss of engine oil.<br />

WARNING<br />

A further increase in oil temperature must be expected.<br />

Prepare for an engine failure.<br />

CAUTION<br />

If oil pressure is within the green range, increase the airspeed.<br />

If a high oil temperature is indicated and the oil pressure<br />

indication is within the green range, it is likely that the engine is<br />

operating normally. This might not be the case if the oil<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


244 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

temperature does not return to the green range, in this case<br />

land at the nearest suitable airport. Prepare for an engine<br />

failure.<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) REDUCE<br />

REDUCE the THROTTLE LEVER on the affected engine to obtain a<br />

decrease in OIL TEMPERATURE.<br />

2. OIL PRESSURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the OIL PRESSURE indication.<br />

If oil pressure is outside of the green range (lower limit), expect a loss<br />

of engine oil.<br />

WARNING<br />

A further increase in oil temperature must be expected.<br />

Prepare for an engine failure.<br />

If oil pressure is within the green range, increase the airspeed.<br />

CAUTION<br />

If a high oil temperature is indicated and the oil pressure<br />

indication is within the green range, it is likely that the engine is<br />

operating normally. This might not be the case if the oil<br />

temperature does not return to the green range, in this case<br />

land at the nearest suitable airport. Prepare for an engine<br />

failure.<br />

LOW OIL TEMPERATURE<br />

NOTE<br />

During an extended descent from high altitudes with a low<br />

power setting oil temperature may decrease. In this case, an<br />

increase in power may help.<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) ................................. INCREASE<br />

2. AIRSPEED ............................................................................. REDUCE<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 245<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) INCREASE<br />

INCREASE the THROTTLE LEVER on the Affected Engine to obtain an<br />

increase in OIL TEMPERATURE.<br />

2. AIRSPEED REDUCE<br />

REDUCE the AIRSPEED to allow for an increase in oil temperature.<br />

HIGH OIL PRESSURE<br />

1. OIL TEMPERATURE (Affected Engine) .................................... CHECK<br />

If temperature is outside of the green range:<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) .................................... REDUCE<br />

1. OIL TEMPERATURE (Affected Engine) CHECK<br />

CHECK the OIL TEMPERATURE indication of the Affected Engine. If the<br />

temperature is within the green range, expect a false indication.<br />

If temperature is outside of the green range:<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) REDUCE<br />

Adjust the THROTTLE LEVER for the Affected Engine to REDUCE power<br />

to decrease oil pressure.<br />

NOTE<br />

If a reduction of power results in the oil pressure and<br />

temperature returning to a normal range, the engine may be<br />

operated with caution at a reduced power setting while<br />

diverting to the nearest suitable airport. Closely monitor the<br />

engine, and prepare to shut down and secure the applicable<br />

engine.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


246 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

LOW OIL PRESSURE<br />

Oil pressure below the limit value can lead to a total loss of power due<br />

to engine failure.<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) .................................... REDUCE<br />

2. LOSS OF POWER .................................................................. EXPECT<br />

WARNING<br />

Land at the nearest suitable airport. Prepare for an engine<br />

failure.<br />

Oil pressure below the limit value can lead to engine failure and<br />

a total loss of power.<br />

1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) REDUCE<br />

REDUCE the THROTTLE LEVER on the affected engine.<br />

2. LOSS OF POWER EXPECT<br />

With a low oil pressure EXPECT a LOSS of POWER on the affected<br />

engine.<br />

HIGH CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE<br />

1. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ................................... CHECK/ENRICH<br />

2. OIL TEMPERATURE ................................................................ CHECK<br />

If the oil temperature is also high:<br />

3. OIL PRESSURE ........................................................................ CHECK<br />

If the oil pressure is low, see the LOW OIL PRESSURE<br />

PROCEDURE (page 246).<br />

If the oil pressure is in the green range:<br />

4. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) .................................... REDUCE<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 247<br />

1. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER CHECK/ENRICH<br />

CHECK the position of the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER and ENRICHEN<br />

as necessary to reduce the CHT indication.<br />

2. OIL TEMPERATURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the OIL TEMPERATURE indication.<br />

If the oil temperature is also high:<br />

3. OIL PRESSURE CHECK<br />

CHECK the OIL PRESSURE indication.<br />

If the oil pressure is low, see the LOW OIL PRESSURE<br />

PROCEDURE (page 246).<br />

If the oil pressure is in the green range:<br />

4. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) REDUCE<br />

REDUCE the THROTTLE LEVER on the affected engine.<br />

LOW CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE<br />

1. AIRPLANE .......................................... SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE<br />

NOTE<br />

A very low reading of cylinder head temperature or exhaust gas<br />

temperature for a single cylinder may be the result of a loose<br />

sensor. In this case, the reading will indicate the temperature<br />

of the engine compartment.<br />

1. AIRPLANE SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE<br />

Report the AIRPLANE discrepancy to have it SERVICED BY<br />

MAINTENANCE.<br />

LOW FUEL PRESSURE<br />

1. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) ........................................................... ON<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


248 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

CAUTION<br />

Low fuel pressure might be expected during uncoordinated or<br />

sideslip flights at certain fuel quantities. Monitor engines<br />

performance and expect engine roughness if prolonged<br />

uncoordinated or sideslip maneuvers are maintained.<br />

1. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) ON<br />

Depress the FUEL PUMP switch for the Affected Engine to the ON<br />

position.<br />

HIGH FUEL PRESSURE<br />

1. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) ....................................................... OFF<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) ........... REDUCE AS REQUIRED<br />

1. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) OFF<br />

Depress the FUEL PUMP switch for the Affected Engine to the OFF<br />

position.<br />

2. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) REDUCE AS REQUIRED<br />

REDUCE the THROTTLE LEVER of the Affected Engine AS REQUIRED to<br />

obtain a decrease in fuel pressure.<br />

LOW VOLTAGE (GROUND)<br />

1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ................................................................ CHECK<br />

2. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ................................................. CHECK ON<br />

3. THROTTLE LEVERS .................................................. INCREASE RPM<br />

If “L/R VOLTS LOW” caution persist, terminate flight.<br />

1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK<br />

CHECK the circuit breaker panel for any popped CIRCUIT BREAKERS.<br />

2. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ON<br />

Verify that both ALTERNATOR SWITCHES are in the ON position.<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011


<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 249<br />

3. THROTTLE LEVERS INCREASE RPM<br />

INCREASE engine RPM by adjusting the THROTTLE LEVERS to verify the<br />

LOW VOLTAGE condition.<br />

If “L/R VOLTS LOW” caution persist, terminate flight.<br />

LOW VOLTAGE (IN FLIGHT)<br />

1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................................... CHECK<br />

2. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ............................................................. ON<br />

3. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (Not Essential) ................................... OFF<br />

If “L/R VOLTS LOW” caution persist, proceed with the BOTH<br />

ALTERNATORS FAILED CHECKLIST (page 202).<br />

4. LOW VOLTAGE CHECKLIST (IN-FLIGHT) ........................ COMPLETE<br />

1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK<br />

CHECK the circuit breaker panel for any popped CIRCUIT BREAKERS.<br />

2. ALTERNATORS SWITCHES ON<br />

Verify that both ALTERNATOR SWITCHES are in the ON position.<br />

3. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (Non-essential) OFF<br />

TURN OFF any ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT that is Not Essential for flight.<br />

If “L/R VOLTS LOW” caution persists, proceed with the BOTH<br />

ALTERNATORS FAILED CHECKLIST (page 202).<br />

4. ENGINE INDICATIONS OUTSIDE OF GREEN RANGE CHECKLIST<br />

COMPLETE<br />

Upon completion of the ENGINE INDICATIONS OUTSIDE OF GREEN<br />

RANGE CHECKLIST verify that all items have been accomplished and that<br />

the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />

Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02


250 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

End of DA-42 <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />

Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!